A.K.G.
The yoga of Christ or the science of the soul
written down by A.K.G. ; edited by F.H. Müller. – London ; New York ; Adyar, Madras : Theosophical Publishing Society ; The Path ; The Theosophist Office, 1894. – x, [2], 116 p. ; 19 cm.
Table of contents ; Preface ; I. The Yoga of Christ ; II. The Threefold Yoga ; III. The Yoga of Christ and of Krishna compared ; IV. The Fatherhood and Motherhood of God ; V. Threefold Obedience ; VI. “What think ye of Christ?” ; VII. Faith ; VIII. The Humanity in God ; IX. The Holy Spirit ; X. Enthusiasm of Humanity ; XI. Mutual Obedience ; XII. Woman and Man ; XIII. Parallelism of the Sexes ; XIV. Plato’s Precepts to Aristotle ; XV. Firmness ; XVI. My Theistic Faith ; XVII. The Beautiful ; XVIII. The Grace of God ; XIX. The Spirit of Christ ; XX. Lowliness ; XXI. Loyalty and Criticism ; XXII. The Uses of Pain ; XXIII. Love and Freedom ; XXIV. The Object of Education ; XXV. The Choice of Friends ; XXVI. Sincerity or Sine Cera ; XXVII. Do Something ; XXVIII. If You want to be Loved ; XXIX. Evils of a Bad Temper ; XXX. How to become a Strict Moral Man ; XXXI. Duty First, Pleasure Second ; XXXII. Help Yourself ; XXXIII. Punctuality ; XXXIV. Drink, the First One and the Last One ; XXXV. The Evils of Drunkenness ; XXXVI. Smoking ; XXXVII. Self Esteem ; XXXVIII. Our Duty to God and Man ; XXXIX. Humility ; XL. Golden Rules.
sign.: REL-6-4-AKG-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke msytiek

Abdul Baha
Some answered questions : collected and translated from the Persian of ‘Abdu’l-Baha
by Laura Clifford Barney. – London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co, 1908. – xiv, 344 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Part I: On the influence of the prophets in the evolution of humanity ; I. Nature is governed by one Universal Law, p. 3 ; II. Proofs and evidences of the existence of God, p. 5 ; III. The need of an educator, p. 8 ; IV. Abraham, p. 14 ; V. Moses, p. 17 ; VI. Christ, p. 20 ; VII. Muhammad, p. 22 ; VIII. The Báb, p. 30 ; IX. Bahá’u’lláh, p. 32 ; X. Traditional proofs exemplified from the Book of Daniel, p. 43 ; XI. Commentary on the eleventh chapter of the Revelation of St. John, p. 53 ; XII. Commentary on the eleventh chapter of the Book of Isaiah, p. 72 ; XIII. Commentary on the twelfth chapter of the Revelation of St. John, p. 77 ; XIV. Spiritual proofs, p. 83 ; XV. True wealth, p. 89 ; Part II: Some Christian subjects ; XVI. Outward forms and symbols must be used to convey intellectual conceptions, p. 95 ; XVII. The birth of Christ, p. 99 ; XVIII. The greatness of Christ is due to his perfections, p. 102 ; XIX. The baptism of Christ, p. 104 ; XX. The necessity of baptism, p. 107 ; XXI. The symbolism of the bread and the wine, p. 112 ; XXII. Miracles, p. 115 ; XXIII. The resurrection of Christ, p. 119 ; XXIV. The descent of the Holy Spirit upon the Apostles, p. 122 ; XXV. The Holy Spirit, p. 124 ; XXVI. The second coming of Christ, and the Day of Judgment, p. 126 ; XXVII. The Trinity, p. 129 ; XXVIII. Explanation of the verse: ‘O Father, glorify Thou me, with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was.’—(St. John xvii. 5), p. 132 ; XXIX. Explanation of the verse: ‘As in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive.’—(1 Cor. xv. 22), p. 134 ; XXX. Adam and Eve, p. 139 ; XXXI. Explanation of the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit.—(Matt. xii. 31, 32), p. 145 ; XXXII. Explanation of the verse: ‘For many are called, but few are chosen.’—(Matt. xxii. 14), p. 148 ; XXXIII. The ‘Return’ spoken of by the Prophets, p. 151 ; XXXIV. Peter’s confession of faith.—(Matt. xvi. 16, 18), p. 154 ; XXXV. Predestination, p. 158 ; Part III: On the powers and conditions of the manifestations of God ; XXXVI. The five aspects of Spirit, p. 163 ; XXXVII. The Divinity can only be comprehended through the Divine Manifestations, p. 167 ; XXXVIII. The three stations of the Divine Manifestations, p. 173 ; XXXIX. The human condition and the spiritual condition of the Divine Manifestations, p. 177 ; XL. The knowledge of the Divine Manifestations, p. 180 ; XLI. The universal cycles, p. 183 ; XLII. The power and influence of the Divine Manifestations, p. 185 ; XLIII. The two classes of Prophets, p. 188 ; XLIV. Explanation of the rebukes addressed by God to the Prophets, p. 192 ; XLV. Explanation of the verse of the Kitabu’l-Aqdas: ‘There is no associate for the Dawning-place of Command in the Supreme Sinlessness,’ p. 197 ; Part IV: On the origin, powers, and conditions of man ; XLVI. Modification of species, p. 205 ; XLVII. The universe is without beginning—The origin of man, p. 209 ; XLVIII. The difference which exists between man and the animal, p. 215 ; XLIX. The growth and development of the human race, p. 222 ; L. Spiritual proofs of the origin of man, p. 227 ; LI. The spirit and mind of man have existed from the beginning, p. 230 ; LII. The appearing of the spirit in the body, p. 233 ; LIII. The relation between God and the creature, p. 236 ; LIV. The proceeding of the human spirit from God, p. 239 ; LV. Soul, spirit, and mind, p. 243 ; LVI. The physical powers and the intellectual powers, p. 245 ; LVII. The causes of the differences in the characters of men, p. 247 ; LVIII. The degree of knowledge possessed by man, and the Divine Manifestations, p. 252 ; LIX. Man’s knowledge of God, p. 255 ; LX. The immortality of the spirit—(I.), p. 259 ; LXI. The immortality of the spirit—(II.), p. 263 ; LXII. Perfections are without limit, p. 267 ; LXIII. The evolution of man in the other world, p. 270 ; LXIV. The state of man and his progress after death, p. 272 ; LXV. Explanation of a verse in the Kitabu’l-Aqdas, p. 275 ; LXVI. The existence of the rational soul after the death of the body—(I.), p. 277 ; The immortality of children—(II.), p. 278 ; LXVII. Eternal life and entrance into the Kingdom of God, p. 280 ; LXVIII. Fate, p. 283 ; LXIX. The influence of the stars, p. 284 ; LXX. Free-will, p. 287 ; LXXI. Visions, and communication with spirits, p. 290 ; LXXII. Healing by spiritual means, p. 293 ; LXXIII. Healing by material means, p. 296 ; Part V: Miscellaneous subjects ; LXXIV. The non-existence of evil, p. 301 ; LXXV. There are two kinds of torment, p. 303 ; LXXVI. The justice and mercy of God, p. 304 ; LXXVII. The right method of treating criminals, p. 307 ; LXXVIII. The reality of the exterior world, p. 313 ; LXXIX. Real pre-existence, p. 315 ; LXXX. Reincarnation, p. 318 ; LXXXI. Pantheism, p. 327 ; LXXXII. The four methods of acquiring knowledge, p. 335 ; LXXXIII. The necessity of following the teachings of the Divine Manifestations, p. 338.
sign.: REL-9-1-BAHA-3
Trefw.: religie, Bahai

Talks by Abdul Baha given in Paris
Adbul Baha. – Surrey ; London : The Unity Press ; John M. Watkins, 1912. – 176 p. : portr. ; 18 cm.
“There is no opposition between Religion and Science, they are the two wings upon wich Man’s Intelligence can soar into the Heights; with which the Human Soul can progress”. – publications.
sign.: REL-9-1-BAHA-24
Trefw.: religie, Bahai, vriendelijkheid, vrede, waarheid, liefde, vooroordelen, schoonheid, harmonie, profetieën, ziel, spiritualiteit, dopen, pijn, verdriet,

Akerman, J.Y.
An archaeological index to remains of antiquity of the Celtic, Romano-British, and Anglo-Saxon periods
by John Yonge Akerman. – London : John Russel Smith, 1847. – xii, 204, [18], 8 p. : ill., plates. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Part I.—Celtic period: Section I. Tumuli or barrows and cairns.—Tumuli in Derbyshire; Wiltshire; Dorsetshire.—Different forms of Celtic tumuli.—Modes of interment.—Decomposition of human remains.—Sepulchres of the Germans as described by Tacitus.—Ages of Celtic tumuli.—Tumuli in East Kent.—Tumulus in Iffins Wood near Canterbury.—Disposition of the urns, p. 1–15 ; Section II. Menhirs or peulvans.—Their destruction with the spread of Christianity.—Menhirs near Boroughbridge in Yorkshire, p. 16–18 ; Section III. Dolmens, triliths, and lichvaens.—Different names given to cromlechs partially destroyed.—Immense cromlech at New Grange, near Drogheda.—Cromlechs explored by Mr. Lukis in the Channel Islands.—Remarkable interment in the “Cromlech du Tus.”—Cromlechs near Abury in Wiltshire; “Wayland Smith’s Cave” in Berks; “Kits Cotty House” in Kent.—Cromlechs in Cornwall; in the Island of Anglesea; in Brittany; near Saumur; near Tours; in Portugal and Spain; in Caernarvonshire, p. 19–29 ; Section IV. Sepulchral caves in Wales and the Channel Islands, p. 30–32 ; Section V. Rocking stones.—Mentioned by Pliny and Apollonius Rhodius.—Singular example of one at West Hoadley in Sussex; in Cornwall; in Brittany; in Spain.—Rocks at Brimham, near Harrowgate, p. 33–35 ; Section VI. Stone circles.—Stone Henge; Abury; Stennis in the Orkney Islands; Derbyshire; Cornwall; Jersey; America, p. 36–41 ; Section VII. Colossal figures cut in the chalk hills.—The White Horse in Berkshire.—The Giant at Cerne in Dorsetshire, p. 42–43 ; Section VIII. Forts, camps, and beacons.—The “Herefordshire Beacon.”—The Little Doward, near Monmouth.—Celtic camps in Dorsetshire; Oxfordshire; Wiltshire, p. 44–45 ; Section IX. Objects of the Celtic period.—Urns.—Stone celts.—Implements and weapons of stone and flint.—Implements and weapons of bone.—Bronze celts, etc.—Daggers, swords, and spear-heads.—Miscellaneous objects.—Coins, p. 46–60 ; Part II.—Romano-British period: Section I. Sepulchral interments, p. 63–65 ; Section II. Sepulchral inscriptions.—Sepulchral slabs found near Cirencester.—Sepulchral inscriptions to the memory of women, p. 66–72 ; Section III. Commemorative inscriptions.—Records of the legions quartered in Britain.—Tiles found in London, p. 73–74 ; Section IV. Dedicatory inscriptions.—To Julia Domna, and to Hercules, found at Silchester, p. 75–76 ; Section V. Altars.—To Mars by the Batavian cohorts.—To Juno and Minerva, by the third British cohort.—To Ancasta.—To the Genius of Britain, p. 77–80 ; Section VI. Amphitheatres, stations, camps, and roads.—The rectilinear form of Roman works distinguishes them from the Celtic, which are circular.—Roman amphitheatres at Banbury, Dorchester, and Silchester.—Roman camps at Llandrindod, p. 81–83 ; Section VII. Sites of Roman villas in Britain, p. 83–84 ; Section VIII. Potters’ kilns in the county of Northampton.—Mr. Artis’s description of the mode of colouring the earthenware made in these kilns, p. 84–89 ; Section IX. Potters’ stamps.—List of names on pottery found in London, p. 89–91 ; Section X. Tessellated pavements, p. 91 ; Section XI. Walls, p. 92 ; Section XII. Milliaria or mile-stones.—An example found at Leicester, p. 93–94 ; Section XIII. Abbreviations in Roman inscriptions, p. 95–103 ; Section XIV. Coins found in Britain, p. 104–105 ; Section XV. Coin moulds found in Britain, p. 105 ; Part III.—Anglo-Saxon period: Section I. Tumuli of the Anglo-Saxon period.—Explored by Douglas and by Lord Albert Conyngham.—The practice of burial under tumuli prevailed until the middle of the eighth century.—Coins with loops found in these graves, p. 121–125 ; Section II. Workmanship of personal ornaments of the Anglo-Saxon period.—Fibulæ of different descriptions.—Buckles and fibulæ ornamented with pastes, similar to those found in France, p. 126–128 ; Section III. Objects found in tumuli.—Disposition of the remains.—Glass vessels.—Urns.—Bronze dishes and pateræ.—Boxes and buckets.—Weapons.—Umbones of shields.—Fibulæ.—Personal ornaments, etc., etc., p. 129–144 ; Appendix: Antonini Iter Britanniarum, p. 147–159 ; Ptolemy.—The position of the British Island Albion, p. 160–168 ; Notitia utraque Dignitatum cum Orientis tum Occidentis ultra Arcadii Honorii que tempora, p. 168–170 ; The itinerary of Richard of Cirencester, p. 171–176 ; Classified index to papers in the Archæologia, p. 177–204. – classified index to papers in the Archæologia.
sign.: REL-17-2-AKER-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten

Anderson, W.
Green man : the archetype of our oneness with the earth
William Anderson ; photography by Clive Hicks. – London and San Francisco : HarperCollins, 1990. – 176 p. : ill. ; 25 cm.
Contents: Acknowledgements, p. 6 ; Prelude, p. 9 ; 1. The hunt for the Green Man, p. 14 ; 2. The Green Man in antiquity, p. 34 ; 3. The Green Man in the Dark Ages, p. 50 ; 4. The Green Man in the Romanesque and Early Gothic periods, p. 61 ; 5. The triumph of the Green Man in the Gothic period, p. 82 ; 6. Masterpieces and mysteries, p. 107 ; 7. Recurrences and vanishings, p. 133 ; 8. The Green Man returns, p. 154 ; Notes, p. 165 ; Bibliography, p. 169 ; Index, p. 174. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 0062500775
sign.: REL-17-2-ANDE-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, “The Green Man”, “Groene man”, ornamenten, symboliek, archetypen, mythologie, archetypen

Anwyl, E.
Celtic religion in pre-Christian times
by Edward Anwyl. – London : Archibald, Constable & Co, 1906. – [8], 69 p. ; 18 cm. – (Religions : ancient and modern)
Contents: I. Introductory: The Celts, p. 1 ; II. The chief phases of Celtic civilisation, p. 8 ; III. The correlation of Celtic religion with the growth of Celtic civilisation, p. 19 ; IV. Celtic religion and the development of individualised deities, p. 29 ; V. The humanised gods of Celtic religion, p. 36 ; VI. The Celtic priesthood, p. 44 ; VII. The Celtic other-world, p. 57. – short bibliography.
sign.: REL-17-2-ANWY-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten

Arnold, E.
The light of the world : or the great consummation
by Sir Edwin Arnold ; introduction Richard Henry Stoddard. – New York : Funk & Wagnalls Company, 1895. – 286 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Index: At Bethlehem, p. 17–53 ; Book I. Mary Magdalene, p. 55–101 ; Book II. The Magus, p. 103–130 ; Book III. The Alabaster Box, p. 131–166 ; Book IV. The Parables, p. 167–196 ; At Tyre, p. 197–204 ; Book V. The Love of God and Man, p. 205–248 ; Book VI. The Great Consummation, p. 249–286.
sign.: REL-6-4-ARNO-1a
Trefw.: religie, christendom, gnosticisme

Augustinus, A.
The city of God (De civitate Dei) ; 1
by Saint Augustine ; a translation into English by John Healey. – Edinburgh : John Grant, 1909. – viii, 367, 3 p. ; 20 cm. – (The Ancient and Modern Library of Theological Literature ; The city of God (De civitate Dei) ; Volume One)
First published in 1610
sign.: REL-6-6-AUGU-3I
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek

The city of God (De civitate Dei) ; 2
by Saint Augustine ; a translation into English by John Healey. – Edinburgh : John Grant, 1909. – 377, 3 p. ; 20 cm. – (The Ancient and Modern Library of Theological Literature ; The city of God (De civitate Dei) ; Volume Two)
First published in 1610
sign.: REL-6-6-AUGU-3II
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek

Barnett, M.J.
A practical view of karma (a paper read before the Boston T.S. Feb. 26, 1891, by M.J. Barnett)
by M.J. Barnett. – New York : Theosophical Society ; American Section, 1891. – 14 p. ; 20 cm. – (Department of Branch Work ; Paper No. 14, April, 1891)
Printed on the Aryan Press
sign.: THE-7-11-DEPA-14
Trefw.: theosofie, karma

Bernard, P.
Music as yoga : discover the healing power of sound
Patrick Benard. – San Rafael, CA : Mandala Publishing, 2004. – 190 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
Contents: List of illustrations, p. 6 ; Preface, p. 8 ; Acknowledgments, p. 11 ; The effect of sound vibrations, p. 12 ; The power of words, p. 64 ; The way of song and listening, p. 86 ; Mantra Yoga and the healing names of God, p. 124 ; Notes, p. 178 ; Glossary, p. 182 ; Bibliography, p. 186 ; Author’s request, p. 191 – notes, glossary, bibliography.
ISBN 193277100X
sign.: RAN-1-3-BERN-1
Trefw.: muziek, yoga, healings, geluid

Besant, A.
An autobiography
Annie Besant. – London : T. Fisher Unwin, 1893. – 368 p. : ill. ; 23. – index.
sign.: THE-4-6-BESA-1i
Trefw.: theosofie, autobiografieën, Annie Besant, jeugd, huwelijk, geschiedenis, socialisme, Charles Bradlaugh, denken, strijd, kennis, wetenschap, vrouwen, religie woordindex – abbey 4 aberdeen 3 abiding 2 ability 9 able 31 ably 3 abolish 2 abolition …

The building of the kosmos and other lectures : delivered at the eighteenth annual convention of The Theosophical Society at Adyar, Madras, december 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th, 1893
by Annie Besant. – Madras : Published by the Proprietors of the “Theosophist”, 1894. – ii, 92, 27 p. ; 21 cm.
Contents: I. The building of the kosmos: (i) Sound ; (ii) Fire ; II. Yoga ; III. Symbolism ; Printed at the “Minerva” Press, Broadway
sign.: THE-2-1-BESA-22e
Trefw.: theosofie, kosmologie, geluid, vuur, yoga, symboliek

Bharucha, E.S.D.
A brief sketch of the zoroastrian religion and customs ; an essay written for the Râhnumâi Mazdayasnân Sabhâ of Bombay
by Ervad Sheriarji Dadabhai Bharucha ; introduction by Dr. Jivanji Jamshedji Modi. – 3rd ed., rev. and enlargd. – Bombay : D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co, 1928. – xvii, 210 p. ; 19 cm.
Contents ; Preface ; Introduction to the Third Edition ; Preliminary remarks ; The land of Zoroastrianism ; The founder of Zoroastrianism ; The Age of Zoroaster ; The name borne by Zoroaster’s Religion is suggestive of its chief character ; The predecessors of Zoroaster ; The Zoroastrian Scriptures ; The character of God as depicted in the Gâthâs ; Zoroaster’s exhortations to worship Mazda alone ; The six peculiar appellations in the Gâthâs ; The probable reason of the preference of these to other names ; Angelology originated from these names ; How the Yazatas came to be reorganised as subordinate Heavenly Beings ; No obscene divinity in Zoroastrianism ; The Supreme Godhead of Ahura Mazda never forgotten ; Cosmology and Psychology ; Time ; The object of Creation ; The substance of Creation ; Cosmogonical notions of the ancient Iranians ; The doctrine of duality ; The harm done by this doctrine ; Man a compound of material and spiritual parts ; No vicarious salvation ; End of the world ; The Mazdayasnian Ethics ; Virtues ; Vices ; Sacerdotal order ; Worship ; Ritual ; Fire-temples ; Parsis not Fire-worshippers ; The Navzôt ceremony ; Zoroastrian marriage ; Zoroastrian funeral ; Purificatory laws ; Ritual relating to fixed times ; Conclusion ; Appendices ; A. The greatest prevalence of Zoroastrianism ; Its first decline ; Its Restoration ; Its final fall ; Exodus of some of its followers into India ; The present number of its followers ; Two sects of its followers ; Resuscitation of the race and religion ; The revival of Zend and Pahlavi studies among the Parsis ; B. Brief summaries of all parts of the Avesta ; C. The Pâzend pieces ; The Pahlavi-Pâzend books ; Zoroastrian Apocrypha ; Books on Zoroastrianism written in modern Persian ; D. A few more passages about Ahura Mazda ; E. A brief account of Spiritual Beings ; Hierarchy of Divine Beings ; The Urvânô or souls and the Fravashis or the spirits of the good ; The homage to certain good objects of nature ; Demonology ; F. Proofs of the falsity of regarding Ahriman as the opponent of Ahura Mazda ; G. Free Will versus Fatalism ; H. Some of the prayers accompanied and not accompanied by ritual ; J. Implements of ritual ; K. The Atash-e-Dâdgâh, the Atash-e-Adrân, and the Atash-e-Behrâm ; L. The Tower of Silence ; M. Names of Gâhs, days, months, and festivals ; Funeral and obsequial ceremonies ; Index. – index.
sign.: REL-15-1-BHAR-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster

Blum, R.
The book of runes : a handbook for the use of an ancient oracle, the Viking runes
Ralph Blum. – New York : St. Martin’s Press, 1982. – 127 p. : ill. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. 7 ; Introduction, p. 12 ; 1. The oracle of the self, p. 17 ; 2. The emergence of the Runes, p. 23 ; 3. Consulting the oracle, p. 35 ; 4. Runemal: the art of Rune casting, p. 44 ; 5. Theater of the self, p. 60 ; 6. Interpreting the Runes, p. 65 ; 7. Afterword: magic in the present tense, p. 120 ; Selected bibliography, p. 122 ; Guides to the transformational process, p. 124 ; The New Oracle Foundation, p. 126. – select bibliography, guides to the transformational process, The new oracle foundation.
ISBN 0312090021
sign.: REL-17-1-BLUM-1
Trefw.: religie, Noorse godsdiensten, runen, occultisme, orakels, herkomst, Orakel van het Zelf, Runen legvormen, zelf-transformatie

Bonwick, J.
Irish druids and old Irish religions
James Bonwick. – [New York] : Dorset Press, 1894. – viii, 328 p. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. v ; Part I. Irish Druids ; Who were the Druids?, p. 1 ; Welsh or British Druidism, p. 2 ; Irish Druidism, p. 10 ; St. Patrick and the Druids, p. 27 ; Opinions on Irish Druids, p. 31 ; Irish Bards, p. 37 ; Isle of Man Druidism, p. 44 ; French Druidism, p. 45 ; German Druidism, p. 49 ; Druidical Magic, p. 50 ; Neo-Druidism, p. 62 ; Druidical Belief, p. 64 ; Druidical Mysticism, p. 71 ; Part II. Early Religions of the Irish ; Introduction, p. 76 ; Irish Superstitions, p. 79 ; Irish Magic and Tuatha de Danaans, p. 101 ; Irish Gods, p. 116 ; Idol-Worship, p. 157 ; Serpent Faith, p. 168 ; Sun-Worship, p. 189 ; Fire-Worship, p. 198 ; Stone-Worship, p. 211 ; Animal-Worship, p. 224 ; The Shamrock, and other Sacred Plants, p. 232 ; Well-Worship, p. 238 ; Holy Bells, p. 244 ; Irish Crosses, p. 247 ; The Sacred Tara Hill, p. 257 ; Round Tower Creed, p. 263 ; Ossian the Bard, p. 274 ; The Culdees of Druidical Days, p. 279 ; The Future Life, or Land of the West, p. 286 ; Ancient Irish Literature, p. 303 ; The Lia Fail, or the Stone of Destiny, p. 313 ; Index, p. 321 ; Authorities Cited, p. 325. – index, authorities cited.
ISBN 0880290706
sign.: REL-17-2-BONW-1a
Trefw.: religie, druiden, Ierland

Bradley, I.
The Celtic way
Ian Bradley. – London : Darton, Longman and Todd, 1993. – x, 134 p. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. vii ; 1. A procession of saints and scholars, p. 1 ; 2. Presence and protection, p. 31 ; 3. The goodness of nature, p. 51 ; 4. Monks and pilgrims, p. 70 ; 5. The power of imagination, p. 84 ; 6. The way goes on, p. 100 ; Notes, p. 123 ; Suggestions for further reading, p. 127 ; Index of names and places, p. 131. – notes, suggestions for further reading, index of names and places.
ISBN 0232520011
sign.: REL-17-2-BRAD-2
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, spiritualiteit, geloofswereld, christendom, Engeland, mystiek

Bunyan, J.
The pilgrim’s progress
by John Bunyan. – London : George Virtue, 1844. – lxxvii, 315 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: REL-6-6-BUNY-4
Trefw.: religie, christendom, mystiek

Butler, W.E.
Apprenticed to magic ; and, Magic & the qabalah
W.E. Butler ; introduced by Dolores Ashcroft-Nowicki. – Wellingborough, Northamptonshire : The Aquarian Press, 1990. – viii, 182 p. ; 23 cm.
Apprenticed to magic. Originally published : 1962 Magic & the Qabalah. Originally published : 1964 – Two classic works from the pen of the late W.E. Butler ; Contents: Preface to Magic and the Qabalah, p. vi ; Introduction by Dolores Ashcroft-Nowicki, p. vii ; Apprenticed to magic ; I. “Well met”, p. 1 ; II. “Application accepted”, p. 5 ; III. First exercises, p. 12 ; IV. Posture and breathing, p. 21 ; V. Meditation, p. 29 ; VI. The tree of life, p. 37 ; VII. The tree as an indicator, p. 46 ; VIII. “Fantasy is the ass which carries the ark”, p. 52 ; IX. “The multitude of counsellors”, p. 60 ; X. “Going out and coming in”, p. 67 ; XI. The contact of power, p. 75 ; XII. Bringing through power, p. 82 ; XIII. “Woven paces and waving hands”, p. 88 ; XIV. “There are lions in the way”, p. 95 ; XV. “The gates are open”, p. 101 ; Magic and the Qabalah ; I. A general introduction, p. 109 ; II. Psychism, illumination and seership, p. 121 ; III. The astral plane, p. 127 ; IV. Modern psychology, p. 136 ; V. Direct experience, p. 143 ; VI. Aspects of the Qabalah, p. 151 ; VII. The tree of life, p. 156 ; VIII. The four worlds of the Qabalists, p. 163 ; IX. Concerning Adam Kadmon, p. 169 ; X. Concerning the veils, p. 173 ; XI. The new occultism, p. 177 ; Bibliography, p. 180. – bibliography.
ISBN 0850309611
sign.: ESO-2-2-BUTL-8
Trefw.: esoterie, magie, kabbala, oefeningen, houdingen, ademhaling, meditatie, boom des levens, verbeelding, krachten, astrale wereld, psychologie, Adam Kadmon, occultisme

Cavendish, R.
King Arthur & the Grail : the Arthurian legends and their meaning
Richard Cavendish. – London : Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1978. – [8], 229 p. : ill. ; 23 cm.
Contents: List of family trees, vi ; Preface, vii ; 1. Arthur of Britain, 1 ; The real Arthur, 5 ; Arthur in Celtic legend, 11 ; The boar of Cornwall, 26 ; 2. Arthur and the Round Table, 39 ; The sword in the stone, 43 ; The Knights of the Round Table, 53 ; Lancelot, Gawain and Tristram, 81 ; Merlin and Morgan le Fay, 105 ; 3. The quest of the Grail, 125 ; The Fisher King’s castle, 128 ; Joseph of Arimathea, 147 ; Perceval and the Grail, 154 ; The triumph of Galahad, 167 ; The Glastonbury legends, 178 ; 4. The passing of Arthur, 184 ; Lancelot and Guinevere, 185 ; The treachery of Mordred, 189 ; The last act, 193 ; Appendix I. The matter of Britain, 200 ; Appendix II. Miss Weston and A. E. Waite, 209 ; Notes, 211 ; Bibliography, 214 ; Index, 219. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 0297775014
sign.: RAN-4-2-CAVE-1
Trefw.: symboliek, graalsymboliek, Koning Arthur, graal, legende, betekenis, Arthurverhalen, legenden

Christison, D.
Early fortifications in Scotland : motes, camps, and forts
by David Christison ; with numerous plans and illustrations and three maps. – Edinburgh and London : William Blackwood and Sons, 1898. – xxv, 407 p. : ill. ; 24 cm. – (Rhind Lectures in Archaeology for 1894) – bibliography, index.
sign.: REL-17-2-CHRI-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten

Clergyman of the Church of England, A.
Reincarnation and christianity
by a Clergyman of the Church of England. – London : William Rider & Son, 1909. – 96 p. ; 19 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-7-CLER-1
Trefw.: reïncarnatie, religie, kabbala, Christendom

Coates, A.
Numerology
Austin Coats. – London : Frederick Muler Limited, 1974. – [10], 126 p. : ill. ; 23 cm.
Contents: A locked door in darkness, p. 1 ; 1. The key, p. 3 ; 2. Nine male companions, p. 8 ; 3. And nine females, p. 24 ; 4. Finding the lock, p. 31 ; 5. Inserting the key, p. 35 ; The door opens, p. 37 ; 1. To have a mind, p. 39 ; 2. Drawing distinctions, p. 45 ; 3. Among the foremost, p. 51 ; 4. In the land, p. 59 ; 5. With a cross to bear, p. 62 ; 6. Utterly on one’s own, p. 67 ; 7. At a mixed reception, p. 70 ; 8. With female stars present, p. 81 ; 9. Take warning, p. 88 ; 10. Be a man, p. 92 ; When the sun shines, p. 99 ; 1. On a lion, p. 101 ; 2. On a lioness, p. 110 ; 3. On a tiger, p. 118 ; But, a word from the janitor, p. 121 ; Index, p. 125. – index.
ISBN 0584101678
sign.: RAN-7-19-COAT-1
Trefw.: numerologie, getallenleer, esoterie

Cooke, I.
Arthur Conan Doyle’s “Book of the Beyond” : [the extraordinary story of the Polaire Brotherhood in France, the revelatory messages about the life beyond which came when Sir Arthur Conan Doyle made contact after death, and of the founding of the White Eagle Lodge]
told by Ivan Cooke and now re-presented with two White Eagle teachings and an extended introduction by Colum Hayward. – 2nd ed. – New Lands, Liss, Hampshire, England : The White Eagle Publishing Trust, 2003. – x, 13-255 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
First publ. as “Thy kingdom come”, December 1933, “The return of Arthur Conan Doyle” published 1956 ; Contents: How to read this book, vii ; Preface, vii ; Part one: The story ; I. An introduction and review, 13 ; Notes to the edition of 2003, 54 ; The story, told by Ivan Cooke: ; II. The boy who became world-famous, 57 ; III. Minesta, 63 ; IV. The hermit of Bagnaia, 70 ; V. The messenger from France, 80 ; VI. The ‘nine-nine-nine’ day and its outcome, 87 ; VII. ‘More beautiful than any thing he had conceived’, 94 ; VIII. The new man in a renewed world, 100 ; IX. Definitions; and the ‘material proof’, 108 ; X. ‘I am a happy man’, 120 ; XI. Communication and communion, 127 ; Continuation of the story: ; XII. Retrospect, 135 ; Part two: The message of Arthur Conan Doyle ; Foreword to part two, 155 ; 1. Man’s realization of himself, and of a life ever more abundant, 158 ; 2. The harmony, perfection and glory of the heaven life, 167 ; 3. The sphere of reunion, 178 ; 4. Concerning nature spirits and angels, 183 ; 5. Freewill and destiny—both exist, 188 ; 6. The problem of good and evil, 192 ; 7. ‘At times the whole panorama of human life opens before me’, 201 ; 8. The ennoblement of life both incarnate and discarnate, 210 ; 9. The healing of all disease, 219 ; 10. The healing of the nations, 237 ; Part three: Two White Eagle teachings ; I. Life after death, 243 ; II. All life is spirit, 249 ; Subject index, 254 ; List of illustrations: In the vicinity of Bagnaia, April 1994, 12 ; A postcard of Lordat, sent by Minesta on 13th July 1931, 12 ; Minesta in Wales in June 1930, 68 ; Minesta on the platform at Pembroke Hall, 83 ; Sir Arthur Conan Doyle (photograph by William Ransford), 118 ; Spirit photograph of Sir Arthur (Mrs Deane, medium), 119 ; Minesta at Lordat in 1931, 151 ; Minesta with Mrs Caird Miller and two of the Polaires, 151 ; Return to Lordat 1956, 151 ; Line illustration from The White Brotherhood, 154 ; Plaque, ‘Les Polaires à Brighteyes’, 242.
ISBN 0854871470
sign.: RAN-6-14-COOK-16
Trefw.: White Eagles

Cooper, J.
The case of the Cottingley Fairies
Joe Cooper ; foreword by Colin Wilson. – London : Robert Hale, 1990. – xiv, 169 p. : ill. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Prologue: Childish wishful thinking and probabilities, xv ; Beginnings (1917–30) ; 1. Cottingley, 1917, 7 ; 2. Frances and the fairies, 12 ; 3. First photographs, 20 ; 4. The man in the bow tie, 25 ; 5. Watson – The game is afoot!, 31 ; 6. Further photographs, 38 ; 7. The Strand articles, 45 ; 8. Critics and champions, 57 ; 9. The 1921 expedition, 62 ; Endings (1965–88) ; 10. The case revives, 73 ; 11. The frowns of the Folklore Society, 79 ; 12. A day out with Yorkshire Telly, 87 ; 13. The Amazing Randi attacks, 100 ; 14. Dramatic interludes, 104 ; 15. Research directions, 112 ; 16. Confessions, 121 ; 17. Rose Fyleman and the Cannon’s Mouth, 130 ; 18. Summing up, 139 ; Epilogue: The adventure of the Yorkshire fairies by John H. Watson MD, 152 ; Appendix: A moral from Elsie Hill: The long blether, 157 ; Source material, 163 ; Index, 167. – source material, index, list of illustrations.
ISBN 0709039352
sign.: RAN-6-8-COOP-2
Trefw.: paranormale wezens, elfjes

Crowley, A.
The magical diaries of TO MEΓA ΘΗΡΙΟΝ, the Beast 666, Aleister Crowley Logos Aionos Thelema 93, 1923
Aleister Crowley ; edited by Stephen Skinner. – St. Helier, Jersey : Neville Spearman, 1979. – 251 p. : ill. ; 25 cm.
Contents: Introduction, p. 1 ; A Crowley chronology, p. 10 ; The magical diary of TO MEΓA ΘΗΡΙΟΝ The Beast 666 in Tunisia 1923, p. 15 ; Appendices, p. 227 ; I. Qabalistic data, p. 229 ; II. Hexagrams of the Yi King, p. 233 ; III. Magical mottoes, p. 235 ; IV. Diary abbreviations and symbols, p. 239 ; V. Stopping heroin—Clinical report June 11, 1923, p. 243 ; Index, p. 245. – appendices, index.
ISBN 859780228
sign.: ESO-2-4-CROW-37
Trefw.: esoterie, occultisme, magie, 666, kabbala, Yi King, symboliek

Tarot divination : first published as A description of the cards of the Tarot in The Equinox, volume 1, number 8
by Aleister Crowley. – 5th printing. – York Beach, Maine : Samuel Weiser, 1985. – 66 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
First published in 1912 as part of The equinox, Volume 1, Number 8 under the title A description of the cards of the tarot ; Contents include: • A description of each card and its meaning ; • The root of power of the four elements ; • The symbolic characteristics of the court cards ; • The relationship of the smaller cards to the thirty-six decans of the zodiac ; • A description of the twenty-two keys ; • Meanings of the grouping and placement of cards ; • Qabalistic correspondences and Angelic Rulers ; • The relationship of the smaller cards to the Tree of Life ; • A method of divination using the Tarot
ISBN 0877283478
sign.: ESO-2-4-CROW-38
Trefw.: esoterie, occultisme, magie, tarot, divinaties

Cruden, A.
A complete concordance to the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testament
by Alexander Cruden, M.A.. – London : Printed for D. Midwinter, A. Bettesworth and C. Hitch, J. and J. Pemberton, R. Ware, C. Rivington, R. Ford, F. Clay, A. Ward, J. and P. Knapton, J. Clarke, T. Longman, R. Hett, J. Oswald, J. Wood, A. Cruden, and J. Davidson, 1738. – [1024] p. ; 26 cm.
On spine: Cruden’s Concordance ; In two parts. Containing, I. The appellative or common words in so full and large a manner, that any verse may be readily found by looking for any material word in it. In this part the various significations of the principal words are given, by which the plain meaning of many passages of scripture is shewn: and also an account of several Jewish customs and ceremonies is added, which may serve to illustrate many parts of scripture. II. The proper names in the scriptures. To this part is prefixed a table, containing the significations of the words in the original languages from which they are derived. To which is added A concordance to the books, called Apocrypha. The whole digested in an easy and regular method, which, together with the various significations and other improvements now added, render it more useful than any book of this kind hitherto published
sign.: REL-6-1-CRUD-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, naslagwerken, concordanties, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament

Dadachanji, F.Y.
Light of the Avesta and the Gathas
by Faredun K. Dadachanji. – Bombay : [Theosophical Society]?, 1913. – [5], 365 p p. ; 26 cm.
Contents: 1. Introduction: how the Avesta leads to Blessedness, 10 ; 2. Agnosticism and Atheism versus reason and religion, 24 ; 3. Science and the spiritual world, 32 ; 4. Holy Zarathushtra’s life, 33 ; 5. Main Zarathushti tenets, 48 ; 6. The eminence of the Gathas in Zarathushtra’s revealed religion, 52 ; 7. Enlightened faith and the light divine, 57 ; 8. The different significations of “Ahuramazda” in the Avesta, 60 ; 9. Ahuramazda is the friend, instructor, beloved, father, the final goal of humanity, 72 ; 10. Comparisons from other religions, 80 ; 11. The Gathic Yasnas summarized, 96 ; The Gathas (Gathic Yasnas) with commentaries ; 12. Ahunavat Gatha, Yasna XXVIII, 121 ; 13. Yasna XXIX, 128 ; 14. Yasna XXX, 141 ; 15. Yasna XXXI, 151 ; 16. Yasna XXXII, 165 ; 17. Yasna XXXIII, 179 ; 18. Yasna XXXIV, 190 ; 19. Ushtavat Gatha, Yasna XLIII, 200 ; 20. Yasna XLIV, 212 ; 21. Yasna XLV, 236 ; 22. Yasna XLVI, 248 ; 23. Spentomat Gatha, Yasna XLVII, 270 ; 24. Yasna XLVIII, 280 ; 25. Yasna XLIX, 296 ; 26. Yasna L, 309 ; 27. Vohu Kshathra Gatha, Yasna LI, 324 ; 28. Vahishtoishti Gatha, Yasna LIII, 339 ; 29. Appendix A, 355 ; 30. Appendix B, 367. – appendices.
sign.: REL-15-1-DADA-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster, Avesta

Darmesteter, J.
The Zend-Avesta ; Part I: The Vendîdâd
translated by James Darmesteter ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – 2nd. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1895. – LXXXIX, 390, 7 p. ; 23 cm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; The Zend-Avesta ; Vol. IV ; Part I: The Vendîdâd)
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-4
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster, zoroastrianisme, mythologie, Zend-Avesta

The Zend-Avesta ; Part II: The Sîrôzahs, Yasts, and Nyâyis
translated by James Darmesteter ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1883. – VIII, 384, 7 p. ; 23 cm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; The Zend-Avesta ; Vol. XXIII ; Part II: The Sîrôzahs, Yasts, and Nyâyis) – index.
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-23
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster, zoroastrianisme, mythologie, Zend-Avesta

Davis, A.J.
Arabula: or, The divine guest : containing a new collection of gospels
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – 3rd thousand. – Boston ; New York : William White & Company ; Banner of Light Branch Office, 1868. – 403 p. ; 20 cm.
Chapter I: The lamentation ; Chapter II: Reflections ; Chapter III: The prayer ; Chapter IV: Light and darkness ; Chapter V: The conflict ; Chapter VI: The transformation ; Chapter VII: Weighed in the balance ; Chapter VIII: Becoming an atheist ; Chapter IX: Parts against the whole ; Chapter X: The Arabula ; Chapter XI: The mystery ; Chapter XII: Mountain meditations ; Chapter XIII: Happiness not complete ; Chapter XIV: The difference ; Chapter XV: A geographical God impossible ; Chapter XVI: Impersonality of Arabula ; Chapter XVII: From Heaven to Hades ; Chapter XVIII: Hopeful signs ; Chapter XIX: Glimmerings of light in mystery ; Chapter XX: The pains of memory ; Chapter XXI: History of Christian religion ; Chapter XXII: Religious signs and mysteries ; Chapter XXIII: Light in the window ; Chapter XXIV: Stories of early periods ; Chapter XXV: The old and the new ; Chapter XXVI: Lamplight and sunlight ; Chapter XXVII: God is my light ; Chapter XXVIII: From death to life ; Chapter XXIX: Love working for others ; Chapter XXX: The spirit of brotherhood ; Chapter XXXI: A chilling wind ; Chapter XXXII: Strength out of weakness ; Chapter XXXIII: The face of human life ; Chapter XXXIV: The greatest wonder of all ; Chapter XXXV: Moods and tides ; Chapter XXXVI: The great rebellion ; Chapter XXXVII: A memorable vision ; Chapter XXXVIII: A name in the sky ; Chapter XXXIX: Aims and efforts ; Chapter XL: The picture in other eyes ; Chapter XLI: An angel in the house ; Chapter XLII: Special providences and obituaries ; Chapter XLIII: Mourners and croakers ; Chapter XLIV: Death of my father ; Chapter XLV: The quintessence of things ; Chapter XLVI: God revealed to intellect ; Chapter XLVII: More explicit definitions ; Chapter XLVIII: Arabula’s discourse on wisdom ; Chapter XLIX: Debate on the Bible ; Chapter L: New collection of Gospels. – Index to the Gospels.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-7
Trefw.: spiritisme

The fountain : with jets of new meanings
by Andrew Jackson Davis ; Illustrated with one hundred and forty-two engravings. – 3rd ed. – Boston : William White & Company, 1871. – iv, [3], 8-252, [5], 2-8 p. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. The everlasting O, p. 7 ; II. Beauty and destiny of Mother Nature’s darlings, p. 20 ; III. The solitudes of animal life, p. 42 ; IV. Indication of reason in animals, p. 54 ; V. Formation of nationoids in America, p. 64 ; VI. The wisdom of getting knowledge, p. 82 ; VII. The Children’s Progressive Lyceum, p. 110 ; VIII. Lyceum teachings for children, p. 123 ; IX. Imagination as an educational force, p. 137 ; X. Prophetic dreams and visions during sleep, p. 154 ; XI. True and false worship, p. 162 ; XII. Origin and influence of prayer, p. 180 ; XIII. Realms of sorrow and superstition, p. 200 ; XIV. Effect of a mistake in religion, p. 221 ; XV. Omens and signs among religionists, p. 233.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-9
Trefw.: spiritisme

Free thoughts concerning religion; or, nature versus theology
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – rev., restereotyped, and enl. – Boston : Colby & Rich, 1877. – 215 p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-10
Trefw.: spiritisme, religie, theologie

The great harmonia : being a philosophical revelation of the natural, spiritual, and celestial universe ; 1: The Physician
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – 4th ed. – Boston ; New York : Benjamin B. Mussey & Co ; J.S. Redfield ; Fowlers & Wells, 1851. – 456 p. : portr. ; 20 cm. – (The Great Harmonia ; Vol. I. The physician)
Contents of volume I: What is Man?, p. 13 ; What is the philosophy of health?, p. 43 ; What is the philosophy of disease?, p. 99 ; What is the philosophy of sleep?, p. 149 ; What is the philosophy of death?, p. 157 ; What is the philosophy of psychology?, p. 191 ; What is the philosophy of healing?, p. 213.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-6I
Trefw.: spiritisme, parapsychologie, filosofie, onderzoek

The great harmonia : being a philosophical revelation of the natural, spiritual, and celestial universe ; 2: The Teacher
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – Boston : Bela Marsh, 1866. – 396 p. ; 20 cm. – (The Great Harmonia ; Vol. II. The Teacher)
Contents of volume II: My early experience, p. 13 ; My preacher and his church, p. 63 ; The true reformer, p. 73 ; Philosophy of charity, p. 105 ; Individual and social culture, p. 123 ; The mission of woman, p. 181 ; The true marriage, p. 201 ; Moral freedom, p. 211 ; Philosophy of immortality, p. 233 ; The spirit’s destiny, p. 243 ; Concerning the Deity, p. 255.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-6II
Trefw.: spiritisme, parapsychologie, filosofie, onderzoek

The great harmonia : being a philosophical revelation of the natural, spiritual, and celestial universe ; 3: The Seer
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – Boston ; New York : Benjamin B. Mussey & Co ; J.S. Redfield ; Fowlers & Wells, 1852. – 401, 7 p. ; 20 cm. – (The Great Harmonia ; Vol. III. The Seer)
Contents: Lecture I. The mission of mind considered as a motive power, p. 13 ; Lecture II. The mission of mind considered as a moral power, p. 21 ; Lecture III. On the philosophy of clairvoyance and inspiration, p. 27 ; Lecture IV. A definition of the seven mental states, p. 41 ; Lecture V. Man’s ordinary state considered in connection with the external world, p. 47 ; Lecture VI. Man considered in his internal relations to the spiritual universe, p. 67 ; Lecture VII. A general consideration of man’s psychological condition and powers, p. 73 ; Lecture VIII. On the relations and dependencies existing between the body and the soul, p. 85 ; Lecture IX. Concerning the psychological action of the mind upon the body in disease, p. 95 ; Lecture X. On the philosophy and outer manifestations of a universal sympathy, p. 105 ; Lecture XI. Concerning the external manifestations of the sympathetic state, p. 125 ; Lecture XII. On the historical evidences of the psycho-sympathetic state, p. 139 ; Lecture XIII. The mental condition of ancient prophets, seers, and religious chieftains, p. 153 ; Lecture XIV. On the moral or religious manifestations of the transition state, p. 165 ; Lecture XV. The transition state of mind as developed among religious chieftains, p. 181 ; Lecture XVI. Continuation of transitional manifestations among religious chieftains, p. 197 ; Lecture XVII. Being an application of physical laws to every-day life, p. 217 ; Lecture XVIII. Concerning the philosophy and principles of somnambulism, p. 231 ; Lecture XIX. The mental faculties considered in relation to clairvoyance, p. 251 ; Lecture XX. Concerning the phenomena and history of clairvoyance, p. 267 ; Lecture XXI. Concerning the spiritual state and the external manifestations, p. 281 ; Lecture XXII. Concerning the principles and causes of true inspiration, p. 295 ; Lecture XXIII. The philosophy of ordinary and extraordinary dreaming, p. 311 ; Lecture XXIV. The sources of human happiness and misery philosophically considered, p. 331 ; Lecture XXV. A brief exposition of the Satan which tempted Jesus of Nazareth, p. 345 ; Lecture XXVI. The authority of the harmonial philosophy, p. 363 ; Lecture XXVII. On the uses and the abuses of the Sabbath in this country, p. 377 ; Miscellaneous articles, p. 395.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-6III
Trefw.: spiritisme, parapsychologie, filosofie, onderzoek

The great harmonia : being a philosophical revelation of the natural, spiritual, and celestial universe ; 5: The Thinker
by Andrew Jackson Davis ; in three parts. – Boston : Bela Marsh, 1867. – 419 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (The Great Harmonia ; Vol. V. The Thinker)
Part first. The truthful thinker ; Part second. The pantheon of progress ; Part third. The origin of life, and the law of immortality ; A voice from the Spirit-Land. From James Victor Wilson, a spirit.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-6V
Trefw.: spiritisme, parapsychologie, filosofie, onderzoek

The harmonial philosophy : a compendium and digest of the works of Andrew Jackson Davis, the seer of Poughkeepsie : including his natural and divine revelations, great harmonia, spiritual intercourse, answers to ever-recurring questions, inner life, summer land and heavenly home, fountains of new meanings, harmonial man, death and the after-life, spirit mysteries and divine guest
Andrew Jackson Davis ; edited with a preface, biographical summary and notes by a Doctor of Hermetic Science. – London : William Rider & Son, 1917. – xxxii, 424 p. : portr. ; 22 cm.
Contents ; Preface, p. vii ; Biographical introduction and episodes in the life of a seer, p. xix ; Book I. Revelations of divine being ; I. What and where is God?, p. 1 ; II. God revealed to intellect, p. 9 ; III. The central sun, p. 14 ; Book II. The principles of nature ; I. The great cosmos, p. 18 ; II. The solar system, p. 24 ; III. The days of creation, p. 47 ; IV. The earth and its story, p. 50 ; V. The origin of man, p. 53 ; VI. Primitive history of man from psychic sources, p. 59 ; Book III. Revelations of mind and soul ; I. The outward and inward, p. 66 ; II. Seven mental states, p. 69 ; III. Mind as a motive and moral power, p. 80 ; IV. Liberty and necessity, p. 84 ; V. What is truth?, p. 89 ; VI. A spiritual consideration of physical man, p. 93 ; VII. The soul in man, p. 97 ; VIII. The spiritual body, p. 102 ; IX. The spirit of man, p. 109 ; Book IV. Death and the after-life ; I. Immortality and the life to come, p. 117 ; II. Evidences of immortality, p. 123 ; III. The philosophy of death, p. 130 ; IV. The seven spheres of the spirit, p. 137 ; V. Demonstration of the Summer Land, p. 148 ; VI. Celestial rivers in space, p. 155 ; VII. Constitution and location of the Summer Land, p. 157 ; VIII. Centres in the Summer Land, p. 161 ; IX. Winter Land and Summer Land, p. 165 ; X. Language in the Summer Land, p. 169 ; XI. Travelling and society in the Summer Land, p. 174 ; XII. The Diakka and their earthly victims, p. 184 ; XIII. Scenes in the Summer Land, p. 188 ; XIV. Ultimates in the Summer Land, p. 202 ; Book V. Religion and theology ; I. History and philosophy of evil, p. 207 ; II. The cure of evil, p. 215 ; III. Birth of mythological theology, p. 219 ; IV. The Garden of Eden, p. 226 ; V. The deluge, p. 230 ; VI. The spirit of prophecy, p. 233 ; VII. The doctrine of redemption, p. 238 ; VIII. The spirit of Antichrist, p. 241 ; IX. Heaven and hell, p. 244 ; X. The end of the world, p. 247 ; Book VI. Revelations of harmonial life ; I. The law of correspondence, p. 249 ; II. Moral law, p. 253 ; III. Perpetuity of character, p. 257 ; IV. The modes of love, p. 263 ; V. The law of association, p. 267 ; VI. Individual and social culture, p. 272 ; VII. Progress and perfection of man, p. 276 ; VIII. The mission of woman, p. 279 ; IX. The ethics of conjugal love, p. 284 ; X. The philosophy of special providences, p. 291 ; XI. Of true and false worship, p. 296 ; XII. The influence of prayer, p. 298 ; XIII. Of purity in purpose, p. 304 ; XIV. Intellect and intuition, p. 306 ; XV. Of spiritual audition, p. 311 ; XVI. Of true inspiration, p. 313 ; XVII. The new birth, p. 316 ; XVIII. The kingdom of heaven, p. 320 ; XIX. The divine guest, p. 324 ; XX. Finite and infinite in man, p. 329 ; XXI. The spirit and its circumstances, p. 332 ; XXII. Prospects of the spirit, p. 336 ; XXIII. Final destiny of the spirit, p. 339 ; Book VII. Health and disease ; I. The philosophy of health, p. 342 ; II. The philosophy of disease, p. 346 ; III. The philosophy of sleep, p. 353 ; IV. The philosophy of healing, p. 356 ; V. The medical value of clairvoyance, p. 368 ; VI. The will in healing, p. 371 ; Book VIII. Philosophy of spiritual intercourse ; I. The philosophy of dream, p. 374 ; II. Animal magnetism and clairvoyance, p. 379 ; III. The threshold of deeper states, p. 386 ; IV. Opening of the spiritual senses, p. 396 ; V. The superior condition, p. 399 ; VI. Intuitive glimpses of truth, p. 401 ; VII. The certainty of spiritual intercourse, p. 403 ; VIII. Philosophy and spiritualism, p. 408 ; IX. Religious value of spiritualism, p. 412 ; X. Last words on the Harmonial Philosophy, p. 415 ; Bibliography of the writings of Andrew Jackson Davis, p. 421. – bibliography of the writings of Andrew Jackson Davis.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-5
Trefw.: spiritisme

Mental disorders, or, diseases of the brain and nerves : developing the origin and philosophy of mania, insanity, and crime : with full directions for their treatment and cure
[Andrew Jackson Davis]. – special edition. – New York : American News Company, 1871. – vii, 487, [4] p. ; 20 cm.
On backspine: The Temple ; Introduction: Temple of Akropanamede / A.J. Davis – a glossary.
sign.: RAN-5-1-DAVI-4
Trefw.: gezondheid, ziekten, psychologie

The philosophy of special providences : a vision
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – 3rd [ed.], rev., restereotyped, and enl. – New York : Progressive Publishing House, 1876. – 69 p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-12
Trefw.: spiritisme, religie, filosofie

The principles of nature : her divine revelations, and a voice to mankind; in three parts ; 2
by Andrew Jackson Davis ; in three parts. – London : John Chapman, 1847. – 393-782, 16 p. ; 24 cm. – (The principles of nature : her divine revelations ; Vol. II)
Part first. Any theory, hypothesis, philosophy, sect, creed, or institution, that fears investigation, openly manifests its own error ; Part second. Reason is a flower of the spirit, and its fragrance is liberty and knowledge ; Part third. When distributive justice pervades the social world, virtue and morality will bloom with an immortal beauty; while the Sun of Righteousness will arise in the horizon of universal industry, and shed its genial rays over all the fields of peace, plenty, and human happiness
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-8II
Trefw.: spiritisme

Tale of a physician, or the seeds and fruits of crime
by Andrew Jackson Davis. – 3rd thousand. – Boston : William White & Company, 1869. – 325, [1], 8 p. ; 20 cm.
Part one. Planting the seeds of crime ; Part two. Trees of crime in full bloom ; Part three. Reaping the fruits of crime.
sign.: RAN-6-1-DAVI-11
Trefw.: spiritisme, gezondheid, misdaad

De Lange, H.J.
Association addresses ; 1: 1936-1943
Hendrik J. de Lange. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1997. – ??? p. ; ?? cm. – (Association addresses ; Volume I: Address for 1936-Address for 1943)
ISBN 0964563258
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-4I
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

Association addresses ; 2: 1944-1950
Hendrik J. de Lange. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1997. – ??? p. ; 22 cm. – (Association addresses ; Volume II: Address for 1944-Address for 1950)
ISBN 0964563258
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-4II
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

Association addresses ; 3: 1951-1957
Hendrik J. de Lange. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1997. – ??? p. ; 22 cm??. – (Association addresses ; Volume III: Address for 1951-Address for 1957)
ISBN 0964563258
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-4III
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

Dionysius Areopagita
The divine names
by Dionysius the Areopagite ; translated by the editors of The Shrine of Wisdom. – Fintry, Brook, Surrey : Shrine of Wisdom, 1957. – 91 p. ; 22 cm. – ([Shrine of Wisdom Manual])
Contents: Introduction, 5 ; I. The purpose of the discourse, and the tradition concerning the Divine Names, 9 ; II. The undifferentiated and the differentiated; union and distinction, 17 ; III. The power of Prayer, 26 ; IV. Good, Light, Beauty, Love, Ecstasy, Jealousy; the existence or non-existence of evil, 30 ; V. Being and Paradigms, 55 ; VI. Life, 62 ; VII. Wisdom, Intellect, Reason, Truth, Faith, 64 ; VIII. Power, Justice, Preservation, Redemption, Inequality, 69 ; IX. Great, Small, Same, Different, Similar, Dissimilar, Rest, Motion, Equality, 74 ; X. Omnipotent, Ancient of Days, Eternity, Time, 79 ; XI. Peace, Being Itself, Life Itself, Power Itself, 81 ; XII. Holy of Holies, King of Kings, Lord of Lords, God of Gods, 86 ; XIII. Perfect and One, 88.
sign.: REL-6-6-DION-1a
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, patristiek, mystiek, theologie, heilige namen

The Works of Dionysius the Areopagite ; 2: The heavenly hierarchy, and the ecclesiastical hierarchy
now first translated into English, from the original Greek by the Rev. John Parker. – London : James Parker and Co, 1899. – xx, 167, [1] p. ; 18 cm. – (The works of Dionysius the Areopagite ; Part II: The heavenly hierarchy, and the ecclesiastical hierarchy)
Contents ; Dionysius the Areopagite and the Alexandrine School ; On the Heavenly Hierarchy ; On the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy ; Appendix ; Lists of Bishops ; Apostolic Traditions generally in abeyance ; Index. – appendix, index.
sign.: REL-6-6-DION-7II
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Dionysius Areopagita, Dionysius the Areopagite

The works of Dionysius the Areopagite ; 1: Divine names, Mystic theology, letters, &c
now first translated into English, from the original Greek by the Rev. John Parker. – London : James Parker and Co, 1897. – xvi, 208, 16 p. ; 18 cm. – (The works of Dionysius the Areopagite ; Part I: Divine names, Mystic theology, letters, &c)
Contents ; Principal works on Dionysius the Areopagite ; Books to be read ; Works against genuineness ; Preface to the “Divine Names” ; Divine Names ; Note.—Ignatius ; Preface to Mystic Theology ; Mystic Theology ; Preface to the Letters of Dionysius the Areopagite ; Letters of Dionysius the Areopagite ; Preface to Liturgy ; Liturgy of St. Dionysius, Bishop of the Athenians ; Objections to genuineness.
sign.: REL-6-6-DION-7I
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Dionysius Areopagita, Dionysius the Areopagite

Duchting, H.
Wassily Kandinsky : 1866-1894 : a revolution in painting
Hajo Duchting. – . – Koln : Benedikt Taschen Verlag, 1991. – 96 p. : ill. ; 30 cm. – chronology.
ISBN 3822805424
sign.: RAN-1-2-KAND-7
Trefw.: kunst, Wassily Kandinsky, theosofie

Dufour Henty, D.
Addresses and other writings on Christian Science
Doris Dufour Henty. – 6th pr. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1990. – xiii, 346 p. ; 24 cm.
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-5
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

Dyke, H. van
The story of the other wise man.
by Henry van Dyke. – New York : Harper & Brothers Publishers, 1896. – 82 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
sign.: RAN-1-4-DYKE-2
Trefw.: romans, soefisme, esoterie, religie

Ebers, G.
Egypt : descriptive, historical and picturesque ; 1
by G. Ebers ; translated from the orginal German by Clara Bell ; with an introduction and notes by Dr. S. Birch. – London, Paris & New York : Cassell, Petter, Galpin & Co, 1878. – xxiv, 314, [4] p. : ill. ; 39 p. – (Egypt : descriptive, historical and picturesque ; Vol. I)
Contents: Ancient Alexandria ; Modern Alexandria ; Through the delta ; Goshen ; Memphis and the pyramids ; Cairo : the founding and rise of the city ; Cairo : under the Fatimites and Eyoobides ; Cairo : under the Mamelook Sultans ; Cairo : its decadence and tombs
sign.: REL-4-1-EBER-5
Trefw.: religie, Egypte, egyptologie

Eckhart, M.
Meister Eckhart : Sermons & Treatises ; 1
translated and edited by M.O’ C Walshe. – Shaftesbury, Dorset ; Rockport, Massachusetts : Element Books, 1987. – lv, 293 p. ; 22 cm. – (Sermons & Treatises ; Volume 1)
English title: Meister Eckhart, die deutsche Werke – notes A,B,C, select bibliography, abbreviatiions.
ISBN 1852300051
sign.: REL-6-12-ECKH-9I
Trefw.: religie, christendom Meister Eckhart, mystiek

Meister Eckhart : Sermons & Treatises ; 2
translated and edited by M.O’ C Walshe. – Shaftesbury, Dorset ; Rockport, Massachusetts : Element Books, 1987. – vii, 343 p. ; 22 cm. – (Sermons & Treatises ; Volume 2)
English title: Meister Eckhart, die deutsche Werke – appendix.
ISBN 185230006x
sign.: REL-6-12-ECKH-9II
Trefw.: religie, christendom Meister Eckhart, mystiek

Meister Eckhart : Sermons & Treatises ; 3
with the newly discovered fragment of an unknown sermon translated and edited by M.O’ C Walshe. – Longmead, Shaftesbury, Dorset : Element Books, 1987. – xiii, 161 p. ; 22 cm. – (Sermons & Treatises ; Volume III)
English title: Meister Eckhart, die deutsche Werke – concordances, biblical index.
ISBN 0906540976
sign.: REL-6-12-ECKH-9III
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Meister Eckkhart, mystiek

Eddy, M.B.
Science and health with key to the Scriptures
by Mary Baker Eddy. – Boston, Massachusetts : The First Church of Christ, 1971. – xii, 700 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Preface ; I. Prayer, p. vii ; II. Atonement and Eucharist, p. 1 ; III. Marriage, p. 18 ; IV. Christian Science versus Spiritualism, p. 56 ; V. Animal Magnetism Unmasked, p. 70 ; VI. Science, Theology, Medicine, p. 100 ; VII. Physiology, p. 107 ; VIII. Footsteps of Truth, p. 165 ; IX. Creation, p. 201 ; X. Science of Being, p. 255 ; XI. Some Objections Answered, p. 268 ; XII. Christian Science Practice, p. 341 ; XIII. Teaching Christian Science, p. 362 ; XIV. Recapitulation, p. 443 ; Key to the Scriptures, p. 465 ; XV. Genesis, p. 501 ; XVI. The Apocalypse, p. 558 ; XVII. Glossary, p. 579 ; XVIII. Fruitage, p. 600.
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Christian Science, Bijbel, gezondheid

Prose works : other than science and health with key to the scriptures
by Mary Baker Eddy. – 1925. – Boston, Massachusetts : The First Church of Christ, 1971. – xviii, 471, 95, 64, 90, 17, 46, 15, 15, 35, 20, 20, 14, xx, 366 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Miscellaneous writings Retrospection and introspection Unity of good Pulpit and press Rudimental divine science No and yes Christian science versus pantheism Message to the Mother church, 1900 Message to the Mother church, 1901 Message to the Mother church, 1902 Christian healing The people’s idea of God The First church of Christ, Scientist, and miscellany
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-2
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, gezondheid

Edinburgh Lodge
Vistors book Alex Johnston Library
Edinburgh : Alex Johnston Library, 2022-2025. – div. p. ; 20 x 27 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-LIBR-5 (DOOS080)
Trefw.: theosofie, bibliotheekbezoekers, Alex Johnston Library, Edinburgh

Edwards, H.
The healing intelligence
by Harry Edwards. – 5th impr. – London : The Healer Publishing, 1974. – 188, [3] p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Introduction, p. 9 ; Part one ; I. Preliminary considerations, p. 11 ; II. The body, p. 18 ; III. The mind, p. 25 ; IV. The spirit, p. 35 ; V. The healing intelligence, p. 38 ; VI. The organization behind the healing intelligence, p. 41 ; VII. The psychic gland, p. 50 ; VIII. The spirit healing intelligence, p. 54 ; IX. The cell and its intelligence, p. 71 ; X. Thought energy, p. 94 ; XI. The healing intelligence and absent healing, p. 103 ; XII. Heal yourself, p. 111 ; XIII. General conclusions, p. 115 ; Part two ; XIV. The healing intelligence and God, p. 129 ; Part three ; XV. Supporting argument, p. 165 ; Index, p. 187. – index.
sign.: RAN-5-1-EDWA-7
Trefw.: gezondheid, healings, esoterie

Endres, F.C.
The mystery of numbers
Annemarie Schimmel. – New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press, 1993. – X, 314 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Introduction ; Numbers and number systems, p. 3 ; The heritage of the Pythagoreans, p. 11 ; Gnosis and Cabala, p. 16 ; Islamic mysticism, p. 18 ; Medieval and Baroque number symbolism, p. 19 ; Superstitions, p. 25 ; Number games and magic squares, p. 27 ; A little dictionary of numbers ; One | The number of the primordial being, p. 41 ; Two | Polarity and division, p. 46 ; Three | The embracing synthesis, p. 58 ; Four | The number of material order, p. 86 ; Five | The number of life and love, p. 105 ; Six | The perfect number of the created world, p. 122 ; Seven | The pillars of wisdom, p. 127 ; Eight | The auspicious number, p. 156 ; Nine | The magnified sacred 3, p. 164 ; Ten | Completeness and perfection, p. 180 ; Eleven | The mute number, p. 189 ; Twelve | The closed circle, p. 192 ; Thirteen | Lucky or unlucky?, p. 203 ; Fourteen | The number of the helpers, p. 209 ; Fifteen | A little lunar number, p. 213 ; Sixteen | Symbol of wholeness, p. 216 ; Seventeen | Number of conquest, p. 219 ; Eighteen | The double nine, p. 222 ; Nineteen | The number of the Metonic cycle, p. 224 ; Twenty | An old limit of counting, p. 226 ; Twenty-one | Perfection, p. 230 ; Twenty-two | The Hebrew alphabet, p. 231 ; Twenty-four to thirty-nine, p. 235 ; Forty | Preparation and completion, p. 245 ; Forty-two to sixty-six, p. 254 ; Seventy and seventy-two | Plenitude, p. 263 ; Up to ten thousand, p. 269 ; Bibliography, p. 281 ; Illustration credits, p. 297 ; Index, p. 299. – bibliography, illustration credits, index.
ISBN 0195063031
sign.: RAN-7-19-ENDR-2
Trefw.: numerologie

Eriugena, J.S.
The voice of the eagle : homily on the prologue to the Gospel of St John
Johannes Scotus Erigena ; translated with an introduction and reflections by Christopher Bamford. – Hudson, NY : Lindisfarne Press, 1990. – 192 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Introduction & acknowledgments, p. 7 ; The prologue to the Gospel of St John, p. 15 ; Homily on the prologue to the Gospel of St John, p. 19 ; Reflections ; The way, p. 59 ; The word, p. 127 ; The world, p. 164 ; Bibliography, p. 187. – bibliography.
ISBN 0940262363
sign.: REL-17-2-ERIU-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, keltische kerk, geschiedenis, Evangelie van Johannes, Bijbel

Esslemont, J.E.
Bahá’u’lláh and the new era
by J.E. Esslemont. – revised 2nd ed. – London : Baháʹí Publishing Trust, 1940. – 300 p. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Preface to new edition, p. 5 ; Prefatory note, p. 7 ; I. The glad tidings, p. 11 ; II. Báb: the forerunner, p. 24 ; III. Bahá’u’lláh: the glory of God, p. 39 ; IV. ‘Abdu’l-Bahá: the servant of Bahá, p. 69 ; V. What is a Bahá’í?, p. 92 ; VI. Prayer, p. 110 ; VII. Health and healing, p. 123 ; VIII. Religious unity, p. 139 ; IX. True civilization, p. 160 ; X. The way to peace, p. 185 ; XI. Various ordinances and teachings, p. 204 ; XII. Religion and science, p. 227 ; XIII. Prophecies fulfilled by the Bahá’í movement, p. 244 ; XIV. Prophecies of Bahá’u’lláh and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá, p. 269 ; XV. Retrospect and prospect, p. 285 ; Bibliography, p. 301. – bibliography.
sign.: REL-9-1-ESSL-2
Trefw.: religie, Bahai

Evans, D.D.
The ancient bards of Britain, sometimes called Druids : being a critical inquiry into traditions concerning their history, philosophy, religion, ethics, and rites, in the light of science and modern thought
by D. Delta EvanS. – Merthyr Tydfil : The Educational Publishing Company, 1906. – xiv, 339 p. : ill. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. Introductory, p. 1 ; II. The bards and the Druids, p. 19 ; III. Speculations as to the origin of the Bardic philosophy, p. 28 ; IV. The institution of Bardism and the ceremony of the circle, p. 35 ; V. “The National Eisteddfod of Wales”, p. 55 ; VI. The religious philosophy of the ancient Bards, p. 61 ; VII. Fundamental principles of Bardism, p. 79 ; VIII. Further doctrinal statements, p. 88 ; IX. Bardic worship and ritual, p. 99 ; X. Bardism and Christianity, p. 132 ; XI. The ancient Bards as disseminators of learning and cultivators of letters and arts, p. 144 ; XII. Bardic music and literature, p. 165 ; XIII. Keltic lore and Bardic wisdom, p. 178 ; XIV. Illustrious Bardic poets and fragments of their effusions, p. 204 ; XV. Some later Bardic poets and their productions, p. 233 ; XVI. Some Bardic proverbs, poetic triplets, and harp songs, p. 248 ; XVII. Place of the triad in Bardic wisdom, p. 264 ; XVIII. Selections from the Bardic Triads, p. 281 ; XIX. The Bardic “Voice Conventional;” or the oral method of teaching, p. 296 ; XX. Mediæval Bardism and popular education, p. 308 ; XXI. The Bardic method of discipline, p. 316 ; XXII. “The truth against the world.”, p. 328 – index.
sign.: REL-17-2-EVAN-1
Trefw.: religie, druiden, bards

Evans-Wentz, W.Y.
The fairy-faith in Celtic countries
by W.Y. Evans Wentz. – London, New York, Toronto and Melbourne : Henry Frowde ; Oxford University Press, 1911. – xxviii, 524 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – index.
sign.: REL-17-2-EVAN-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, sprookjes, wedergeboorte, goden

Fant, A.
Hilma af Klint : ockult målarinna och abstrakt pionjär
Åke Fant. – Stockholm : Raster Förlag, 1989. – 229, [14] p. : ill. ; 28 cm. – biografi, bildforteckning, litteratur, person- och sakregister.
ISBN 9187214083
sign.: RAN-1-2-KLIN-7
Trefw.: kunst, Hilma af Klint, theosofie

Fullerton, A.
Theosophy in its practical application to daily life (a paper read before the Aryan T.S. of New York, by Mr. Alexander Fullerton
by Mr. Alexander Fullerton. – New York : Theosophical Society ; American Section, 1891. – 8 p. ; 20 cm. – (Department of Branch Work ; Paper No. 13, March, 1891)
Printed on the Aryan Press
sign.: THE-7-11-DEPA-13
Trefw.: theosofie, dagelijks leven, praktische theosofie

Goddard, D.
The sacred magic of the angels
David Goddard. – York Beach, Maine : Samuel Weiser, 1996. – xxviii, 207 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
Contents: List of figures, ix ; Preface, xi ; Acknowledgments, xiii ; Introduction, xv ; Chapter 1. The lords of flame, 1 ; Exercise 1. Beth-Madukim—Temple of the Angels, 21 ; Chapter 2. Moon magic, 31 ; Exercise 2. Circle of the Moon, 49 ; Chapter 3. The quest of the Grail, 57 ; Exercise 3. The Fisher King’s castle, 73 ; Joseph of Arimathea, 79 ; Perceval and the Grail, 95 ; The triumph of Galahad, 103 ; The Glastonbury legends, 115 ; Chapter 4. The passing of Arthur, 123 ; Exercise 4. Summoning of the Shining Ones, 143 ; Chapter 5. The devas, 149 ; Exercise 5. Healing of Logres, 167 ; Chapter 6. Talismans of power, 173 ; Exercise 6. The Moon Tree, 179 ; Chapter 7. Be with us, 183 ; Exercise 7. Taking on the Wings of the Morning, 183 ; Conclusion, 189 ; Exercise 8. Temple of the Heart, 193 ; Appendices ; Appendix I. The angelic scripts, 197 ; Appendix II. The cycles of heaven, 201 ; Appendix III. Gods and angels, 203 ; Appendix IV. The hierarchies of light, 209 ; Bibliography, 210 ; Index, 211 ; Further study, 214 ; About the author, 219. – appendices, bibliography, index.
ISBN 0877288623
sign.: RAN-6-8-GODD-1
Trefw.: paranormale wezens, engelen, Beth-Malakhim, dagen, symbolen, esoterie

The tower of alchemy : an advanced guide to the great work
David Goddard. – York Beach, Maine : Samuel Weiser, 1999. – xiv, 268 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
Contents: List of figures, p. viii ; Preface, p. xi ; Acknowledgments, p. xv ; Chapter 1: Laying the foundation, p. 1 ; Chapter 2: The furnace and the bellows, p. 17 ; Chapter 3: The Holy Grail, p. 31 ; Chapter 4: The companions of the light, p. 43 ; Chapter 5: The holy place of meeting, p. 51 ; Chapter 6: Sun and moon bow down before him, p. 63 ; Chapter 7: The citadel of the soul, p. 77 ; Chapter 8: The flowering tree, p. 93 ; Chapter 9: The co-emergent mother, p. 107 ; Chapter 10: The peacock’s tail, p. 123 ; Chapter 11: The hidden immortal, p. 143 ; Chapter 12: In memory of Arthur the King, p. 153 ; Chapter 13: Arousing the dragon, p. 167 ; Chapter 14: The clavicule, p. 179 ; Chapter 15: The crown of life, p. 197 ; Chapter 16: Sarras, p. 211 ; Chapter 17: The Soror Mystica, p. 233 ; Appendix I: Colors and keys, p. 247 ; Appendix II: An alchemical prayer, p. 251 ; Bibliography, p. 253 ; Index, p. 257 ; About the author, p. 269. – appendices, bibliography, index.
ISBN 1578631130
sign.: ESO-8-1-GODD-1
Trefw.: esoterie, alcehmie, hermetica, transformatie

Gospel
The gospel according to Thomas
with complementary texts ; general editor Raghavan Iyer ; Shri Krishna ; The Maha Chohan ; Damodar K. Mavalankar ; H.P. Blavatsky ; Henry Drummond ; Raghavan Iyer ; Elton Hall ; Jesus Christ ; Acta Thomae ; Louis Claude de Saint-Martin. – Santa Barbara, California : Concord Grove Press, 1983. – 130 p. ; 26 cm. – (Sacred Texts Series)
Contents: Part I ; The Gnostic transmission, p. 6 ; The Gospel according to Thomas, p. 17 ; The mystery of Christos, p. 44 ; The message of Jesus, p. 52 ; Part II ; Gnostic theogony, p. 69 ; Treatise on the resurrection, p. 74 ; Apocryphon of John, p. 78 ; Evangelium Veritatis, p. 97 ; Song of the Pearl, p. 119 ; The Voice Divine, p. 126 ; Glossary, p. 129. – glossary.
ISBN 0886950058
sign.: REL-5-1-GOSP-1a
Trefw.: religie, gnosticisme, Evangelie van Thomas, theosofie

Griffiths, G.K.
Behold Jerusalem! : found! – the zodiacal miracle in the map of Britain & N. Ireland and its message for our time
Graham K. Griffiths. – London : Longinus Publication, 2003. – 305 p. : ill. ; 27 cm.
This copy of “Behold Jerusalem” is number 473 in a limited edition of 1000 copies ; Contents: It began with a boy who read clouds… An introduction you shouldn’t skip!, 9 ; 1. Libra… Our journey begins with the Bible’s help, 25 ; 2. Sagittarius… Straight as a Dove to Noah’s hand… so threat of flooding?, 37 ; 3. Capricorn… The broken Horn of Plenty?, 51 ; 4. Pisces… Tracking the boy Jesus into the eye of Pisces, 65 ; 5. Leo… Lion, Lioness or Lyonesse?, 75 ; 6. Virgo… Oh to be swallowed by the Goddess!, 83 ; 7. Taurus… Even the Bull bellows “Beware of rising waters”, 105 ; 8. Gemini – Part One… Beneath the streets of Liverpool – the face of the Christ Child, 115 ; 9. Gemini – Part Two… Sign that we must be near the Grail, and thus great danger too, 125 ; 10. Scorpio… And does Northern Ireland mirror the crimes of all mankind?, 135 ; 11. Aquarius… Into the melting pot, 151 ; 12. Aries – Part One… Unwanted, unlooked for, but devastatingly unmistakable!, 171 ; 13. Aries – Part Two… Stepping into the Dawn, 199 ; 14. Cancer… From this starship could dangle a lifeline, 211 ; 15. The dark twin… And I planned never to tell you of his existence!, 239 ; 16. You!… The Lord of the Dance… The Miracle within the Miracle, 285 ; Bibliography, 303. – bibliography.
ISBN 0954351908
sign.: RAN-7-4-GRIF-1
Trefw.: astrologie, zodiac, dierenriem, symboliek

Guthrie, K.S.
The life of Zoroaster in the words of his own hymns, the Gathas : according to both documents, the priestly and the personal, on parallel pages, (a new discovery in higher criticism)
translated by Kenneth Sylvan Guthrie. – Brooklyn : The Comparative Literature Press, 1914. – [7], 125, [11] p. ; 19 cm.
sign.: REL-15-1-GUTH-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster

H.A.V.
The mystic guide in the Gospel according to John
by H. A. V. . – London : The Theosophical Publishing House, 1899. – 106 p. ; 19 cm.
“To the memory of M.C.”
sign.: REL-6-9-HAV-1b
Trefw.: theosofie, esoterisch christendom, Johannes Evangelie, mystiek, gidsen, Bijbel, gnosticisme, evangelien

Halevi, Z’ev B.S.
Adam and the kabbalistic trees
Z’ev ben Shimon Halevi. – revised ed. – London : Kabbalah Society, 2006. – xviii, 347 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: List of illustrations, p. ix ; Historic note, p. xi ; Preface, p. 15 ; Introduction, p. 17 ; 1. Kabbalah, p. 21 ; 2. Tree of Life—Its Dynamics, p. 25 ; 3. Adam, p. 37 ; The Body ; 4. The Four Worlds, p. 45 ; 5. Lower Face, p. 56 ; 6. Tiferet, p. 67 ; 7. Yeziratic Chemistry, p. 73 ; 8. Beriah: The Electromagnetic Organism, p. 82 ; 9. Azilut, p. 91 ; The Psyche ; 10. The Psyche, p. 103 ; 11. The Lower Great Triad of Hod, Nezah and Malkhut, p. 107 ; 12. Yesod: the Ego, p. 118 ; 13. Vegetable Man, p. 126 ; 14. Tiferet—the Self, p. 134 ; 15. Nefesh: The Vital Soul, p. 142 ; 16. The Four Ego-Types, p. 148 ; 17. The Lower Face as a Whole, p. 156 ; 18. Practice, p. 161 ; 19. Emotion, p. 162 ; 20. The Emotional Side Triads, p. 170 ; 21. Intellect, p. 175 ; 22. The Intellectual Triads, p. 185 ; 23. The Psyche as a Whole: a Recapitulation, p. 192 ; 24. Archetypes, p. 197 ; 25. The Archetypes and the Unconscious, p. 207 ; 26. The Threshold of Consciousness, p. 217 ; 27. The Individual Unconscious, p. 225 ; 28. The Collective Unconscious, p. 234 ; The Soul ; 29. The Sleeping Princess, p. 249 ; 30. The Breath of God, p. 258 ; 31. The Divine for Natural Man, p. 267 ; 32. The Soul’s Awakening, p. 272 ; 33. The Disciple, p. 279 ; 34. Individual, p. 290 ; 35. The Neshamah, p. 298 ; The Spirit ; 36. Cosmic Consciousness, p. 311 ; 37. Realised Adam, p. 325 ; Glossary of terms, p. 340 ; Index, p. 343. – gloss.
ISBN 1905806256
sign.: ESO-7-1-HALE-1a
Trefw.: esoterie, kabbala, psyche, ziel, geest, bewustzijn, onderbewustzijn, levensboom, sefirot

Hargreaves, J.
The Christian Science Revolution in Thought
John Hargreaves. – 2nd ed. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1994. – xviii, 353 p. ; 24 cm.
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-7
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

They shall be all taught of God : a student’s commentary on “recapitulation” from Science and health, with key to the Scriptures
John Hargreaves. – Carmel, California : Mulberry Press, 1998. – xx, 124 p. ; 24 cm????.
sign.: REL-6-7-EDDY-6
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Christian Science, Mary Baker Eddy

Haug, M.
Essays on the sacred language, writings, and religion of the Parsis
by Martin Haug ; edited and enlarged by E.W. West ; to which is also added a biographical memoir of the late Dr. Haug by Professor E.P. Evans. – popular ed., third ed. – London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co, [1883]. – xlviii, 427 p. ; 21 cm. – (Trübner’s Oriental Series ; [I])
Contents: Biographical sketch, xvii ; Introduction to the third edition, xxxiii ; Essay I. History of the researches into the sacred writings and religion of the Parsis, 3 ; I. The reports of the Greeks, Romans, Armenians, and Mohammedans, 3 ; II. The European researches, 16 ; III. Zoroastrian studies among the Parsis, 54 ; Essay II. Languages of the Parsi scriptures, 65 ; I. The language of the Avesta, erroneously called Zend, 67 ; II. The Pahlavi language and Pazand, 78 ; III. The Pahlavi literature extant, 93 ; Essay III. The Zend-Avesta, or the scripture of the Parsis, 119 ; I. The name of the Parsi scriptures, 119 ; II. The original extent of the Zend-Avesta—the Nasks, 123 ; III. The books now extant and the supposed Zoroastrian authorship, 134 ; IV. Yasna, 139 ; V. Gâthas, 142 ; VI. Gâtha Ahunavaiti, 146 ; VII. Gâtha Ushtavaiti, 154 ; VIII. The last three Gâthas, 167 ; IX. Yasna Haptanhaiti and the minor texts of the old Yasna, 170 ; X. The later Yasna, 174 ; 1. Hôma yasht, 175 ; 2. Yasna xix, 185 ; 3. lvii, 189 ; XI. Visparad, 191 ; XII. Yashts, 194 ; 1. Hormazd yasht, 195 ; 2. Haptân, Ardibahisht, and Khordâd yashts, 195 ; 3. Abân yasht, 197 ; 4. Khurshêd and Mâh yashts, 199 ; 5. Tîr and Gôsh yashts, 200 ; 6. Mihir yasht, 202 ; 7. Srôsh Hâdôkht and Rashnu yashts, 205 ; 8. Fravardîn yasht, 206 ; 9. Behrâm and Râm yashts, 213 ; 10. Dîn and Ashi yashts, 215 ; 11. Ashtâd, Zamyâd, and Vanant yashts, 215 ; 12. Two fragments of the Hâdôkht nask; the Afrîn-i Paighambar Zaratusht, and Vishtâsp yasht, 217 ; XIII. Shorter texts (Nyâyish, Afrîngâns, Gâhs, Sîrôzah), 224 ; XIV. Vendîdâd, 225 ; 1. The first fargard, 227 ; 2. The second fargard, 230 ; 3. The third fargard, 235 ; 4. The fourth fargard, 237 ; 5. The fargards v.–xvii, 240 ; 6. The eighteenth fargard, 243 ; 7. The nineteenth fargard, 252 ; 8. The fargards, 257 ; XV. Brief survey of Avesta literature, 257 ; Essay IV. The Zoroastrian religion as to its origin and development, 267 ; I. The relationship between the Brahmanical and Zoroastrian religions, 267 ; 1. Names of divine beings, 267 ; 2. Names and legends of heroes, 276 ; 3. Sacrificial rites, 279 ; 4. Religious observances, domestic rites, and cosmographical opinions, 285 ; II. Origin of the Zoroastrian religion—Spitama Zarathushtra and his probable age, 286 ; 1. Traces of the origin to be found both in the Vedas and Zend-Avesta, 287 ; 2. Causes of the schism, 292 ; 3. Spitama Zarathushtra, 294 ; 4. The age when Spitama Zarathushtra lived, 298 ; III. Spitama Zarathushtra’s theology and philosophy, and their influence on the development of the Parsi religion, 300 ; 1. Zarathushtra’s monotheism, 301 ; 2. Zarathushtra’s two primeval principles, 303 ; 3. Development of Zarathushtra’s doctrines of the Supreme Being—the two supreme councils; Srosh and Boundless Time, 305 ; 4. The two intellects, two lives, heaven and hell, resurrection, and palingenesis, 310 ; Appendix. I. Translations from the Avesta, 315 ; 1. Vendîdâd, fargard iii. 1–23 and 34, 35, 315 ; 2. Vendîdâd, fargard iv. 44–55, 319 ; 3. Vendîdâd, 322 ; 4. Vendîdâd, fargard xix. 10–26 and 40–47, 333 ; II. Translations from the Pahlavi versions, 338 ; 1. Pahlavi Yasna xxviii, 338 ; 2. Pahlavi Yasna xxix, 341 ; 3. Pahlavi Yasna xxx, 345 ; 4. Pahlavi Yasna xxxi, 348 ; 5. Pahlavi Yasna xxxii, 354 ; 6. Pahlavi Vendîdâd i, 355 ; 7. Pahlavi Vendîdâd xviii, 379 ; 8. Pahlavi Vendîdâd xix, 391 ; 9. Pahlavi Vendîdâd xx, 394 ; III. Notes descriptive of some Parsi ceremonies, 403 ; 1. The ceremony preparatory to Ijashne, 407 ; 2. The Ijashne ceremony, 408 ; 3. The Darûn ceremony, 411 ; 4. The Afrîngân ceremony, Index – index.
sign.: REL-15-1-HAUG-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster, godsdiensten, oude tradities, culturen, Parsen, Zend-Avesta, geschiedenis, studies, geschriften, taalkunde, vertalingen

Head, J.
Reincarnation : the phoenix fire mystery : an East-West dialogue on death and rebirth from the worlds of religion, science, psychology, philosophy, art, and literature, and from great thinkers of the past and presend
compiled and edited by Joseph Head and S. L. Cranston. – New York : Julian Press / Crown Publishers, 1977. – xiv, 620 p. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. xi ; Editors’ note, p. xvii ; 1. The mystery unfolded, p. 1 ; Central choice before modern man / W. Macneile Dixon, p. 1 ; Rational immortality / J. Paul Williams, p. 4 ; Objections to reincarnation considered / C. J. Ducasse, p. 7 ; Karma, rebirth, and free will / Huston Smith, p. 12 ; 2. Language of myth and symbol, p. 15 ; Fragments of a lost whole, p. 16 ; The immortal phoenix, p. 17 ; The wheel of rebirth, p. 20 ; Psyche and the butterfly, p. 22 ; The serpent reborn, p. 23 ; Transformations of Proteus, p. 24 ; Myth of the eternal return, p. 25 ; The dance of Shiva, p. 27 ; The ever-resurrecting sun, p. 28 ; The return of the gods, p. 29 ; 3. The religious view—East and West, p. 34 ; Hindu, p. 34 ; Buddhist, p. 60 ; Taoist, p. 107 ; Egyptian, p. 112 ; Persian, p. 119 ; Jewish, p. 124 ; Early Christian, p. 134 ; Islamic, p. 165 ; Later Christian, p. 172 ; 4. Reincarnation among the early races, p. 187 ; Fresh approaches to “primitive” man, p. 187 ; Africans, p. 188 ; Australians, p. 192 ; Pacific Islanders and East Indians, p. 192 ; Tribes of the Americas, p. 194 ; Ancient Europeans, p. 198 ; 5. The Western tradition, p. 202 ; Greek and Roman heritage, p. 202 ; The Middle Ages, p. 237 ; Renaissance and Reformation, p. 242 ; Age of Shakespeare, p. 256 ; Eighteenth-century Enlightenment, p. 268 ; Eastern and transcendental influences in the nineteenth century, p. 277 ; Twentieth century—age of transition, p. 347 ; Stories of “remembrances” of past lives, p. 395 ; 6. New horizons in science, psychology, and philosophy, p. 417 ; The world of scientists, p. 417 ; Psychologists and doctors of the mind, p. 440 ; The philosopher looks at rebirth, p. 464 ; 7. The Theosophical Movement and the reincarnation renaissance, p. 484 ; The Theosophical Movement and its founders, p. 486 ; The teaching and program that sparked the revival, p. 498 ; A final gathering of East and West, p. 556 ; Notes, p. 563 ; Acknowledgments, p. 607 ; Index, p. 611. – notes, acknowledgments, index.
ISBN 0517528932
sign.: RAN-6-7-HEAD-1
Trefw.: reïncarnatie, wetenschap, religie, maatschappij, wedergeboorte, transformatie, literatuur, kunst, psychologie, mythes, symbolen, karma, theosofie, theosofische vereniging

Holy Bible
The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments : translated out of the original tongues, being the version, set forth A. D. 1611, compared with the most ancient authorities and revised
translated out of the original tongues: being the version set forth A.D. 1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised. – Oxford : At the University Press, 1885. – x, [2], 940, xv, 276 p. ; 27 cm.
Added title page: “The New Testament of our lord and saviour Jesus Christ translated out of the Greek: being the version set forth A.D.1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised A.D. 1881” ; The names and order of all the Books of the Old Testament ; Genesis ; Exodus ; Leviticus ; Numbers ; Deuteronomy ; Joshua ; Judges ; Ruth ; I. Samuel ; II. Samuel ; I. Kings ; II. Kings ; I. Chronicles ; II. Chronicles ; Ezra ; Nehemiah ; Esther ; Job ; The Psalms ; The Proverbs ; Ecclesiastes ; The Song of Songs ; Isaiah ; Jeremiah ; Lamentations ; Ezekiel ; Daniel ; Hosea ; Joel ; Amos ; Obadiah ; Jonah ; Micah ; Nahum ; Habakkuk ; Zephaniah ; Haggai ; Zechariah ; Malachi.
sign.: REL-6-1-HOLY-3
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Bijbel, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament

The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments ; 1: Genesis – Ruth
translated out of the original tongues: being the version set forth A.D. 1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised. – Oxford : At the University Press, 1885. – xvi, [4], 628 p. ; 22 cm. – (The Holy Bible : revised version ; Vol. I: Genesis – Ruth)
Printed for the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge ; Published by Henry Frowde, Oxford Warehouse: Amen Corner, London ; C.J. Clay and Son, Cambridge Warehouse: Ave Maria Lane, London
sign.: REL-6-1-HOLY-2I
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Bijbel, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament, Genesis, Ruth

The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments ; 2: Samuel – Esther
translated out of the original tongues: being the version set forth A.D. 1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised. – Oxford : At the University Press, 1885. – [6], 520 p. ; 22 cm. – (The Holy Bible : revised version ; Vol. II: Samuel – Esther)
Printed for the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge ; Published by Henry Frowde, Oxford Warehouse: Amen Corner, London ; C.J. Clay and Son, Cambridge Warehouse: Ave Maria Lane, London
sign.: REL-6-1-HOLY-2II
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Bijbel, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament, Samuel, Esther

The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments ; 4: Isaiah – Malachi
translated out of the original tongues: being the version set forth A.D. 1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised. – Oxford : At the University Press, 1885. – [8], 534 p. ; 22 cm. – (The Holy Bible : revised version ; Vol. IV: Isaiah – Malachi)
Printed for the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge ; Published by Henry Frowde, Oxford Warehouse: Amen Corner, London ; C.J. Clay and Son, Cambridge Warehouse: Ave Maria Lane, London
sign.: REL-6-1-HOLY-IV
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Bijbel, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament, Isaiah, Malachi

The Holy Bible, containing the Old and New Testaments ; 3: Job – The Song of Songs
translated out of the original tongues: being the version set forth A.D. 1611 compared with the most ancient authorities and revised. – Oxford : At the University Press, 1885. – [8], 364 p. ; 22 cm. – (The Holy Bible : revised version ; Vol. III: Job – The Song of Songs)
Printed for the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge ; Published by Henry Frowde, Oxford Warehouse: Amen Corner, London ; C.J. Clay and Son, Cambridge Warehouse: Ave Maria Lane, London
sign.: REL-6-1-HOLY-2III
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Bijbel, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament, Job

Hutton, R.
The pagan religions of the ancient British Isles : their nature and legacy
Ronald Hutton. – Oxford & Cambridge : Blackwell, 1991. – xvii, 397 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. vii ; Acknowledgements, p. xi ; Guide to pronunciation of Celtic words in the text, p. xv ; 1. The mysteries begin (c. 30,000–c. 5000 BC), p. 1 ; 2. The time of the tombs (c. 5000–c. 3200 BC), p. 16 ; 3. The coming of the circles (c. 3200–c. 2200 BC), p. 52 ; 4. Into the darkness (c. 2200–c. 1000 BC), p. 88 ; 5. The people of the mist (c. 1000 BC–c. AD 500), p. 139 ; 6. The imperial synthesis (AD 43–410), p. 201 ; 7. The clash of faiths (AD c. 300–c. 1000), p. 247 ; 8. Legacy of shadows, p. 284 ; Notes, p. 342 ; Additional source material, p. 374 ; Index, p. 377. – notes, additional source material, index.
ISBN 0631172882
sign.: REL-17-2-HUTT_1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, heidendom

Jekyll, W.
Jamaican song and story : Annancy stories, digging sings, ring tunes and dancing tunes,
collected and edited by Walter Jekyll ; with an introduction by Alice Werner ; and appendices on traces of African melody in Jamaica by C.S. Myers ; and on English airs and motifs in Jamaica by Lucy E. Broadwood. – London : David Nutt, 1907. – xxxviii, 288 p. : ill., fig. ; 23 cm. – (Publications of the Folk-lore Society ; 55) – appendices.
sign.: RAN-1-3-JEKY-1
Trefw.: muziek, liedjes, verhalen, Jamaica, folklore

Johnston, J.C.
The book of the beloved a modern epic poem ; in three parts: Part I. The book of the garden ; Part II. The book of images ; Part III. The book of God
by J.C. Johnston. – Three Amen Corner, London : Lund, Humphries & Company, 1923. – xviii, 474 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: RAN-1-8-JOHN-1
Trefw.: gedichten

Kãlidãsa
The cloud-messenger : an Indian love lyric
translated from the original Sanskrit of Kalidasa by Charles King. – London : John Murray, 1930. – 61, [2] p. ; 17 cm. – (The wisdom of the East series) – notes.
sign.: REL-11-1-KALI-6
Trefw.: literatuur, drama’s, India

Sakuntala ; or, The fatal ring : a drama ; to which is added Meghaduta or The cloud messenger ; The Bhagavad-Gita or Sacred Song
by Kalidasa, “The Shakespeare of India” ; introduction T. Holme. – London, New York : Walter Scott Publishing, 1902. – xviii, 240, [16] p. ; 18 cm. – (The Scott Library)
sign.: REL-11-1-KALI-3
Trefw.: religie, India, toneelstukken, Kalidasa, literatuur, India, hindoeïsme, Sanskriet, veda’s, Bhagavadgita

Kapadia, S.A.
The teachings of Zoroaster and the philosophy of the Parsi religion
by S.A. Kapadia ; ed. by L. Cranmer-Byng and Dr. S.A. Kapadia. – London : John Murray, 1905. – 104, [4] p. ; 17 cm. – (The wisdom of the East series)
Contents ; Zoroaster preaching Mazdeism ; Meditation on the Mount—Conversion of King Gushtasp—Manifestations of the Deity ; Zoroaster’s Crusade against Idol-Worshippers—Monotheists (Mazdayasnians) v. Polytheists (Daêvayasnians)—Migration of Daêvayasnians and Hindooism ; A Parallel—The Ancient Persian and the Modern British Empire ; The Fall of the Persian Empire and Migration of the Devout Zoroastrians to India ; The Birth of Zoroaster ; The Soul of Nature ; Definition of Ahura-Mazda (God) ; Meaning of the Word Daêva in the Avesta Language ; Creation ; Zoroastrian Speculative Philosophy—Spenta Mainyus (Creative Spirit) and Angro Mainyus (Destructive Spirit)—Their Incessant Conflict in the State of Nature ; Doctrine of Dualism refuted ; Evils employed by Angro Mainyus ; Invocation of Spenta Mainyus—Of the Life on the Earth—The Creation of Sixteen Regions ; Yima (Jamshid), the Ruler of Airyana-Vaêja—God’s Warning to Yima of the Disaster to his Kingdom (Noah and his Ark) ; Spenta Mainyus and Angro Mainyus, a Contrast between Good and Evil ; Hygienic Rules laid down by Zoroaster—Preservation of Bodily Health—Fight against Pestilence and Disease (Drukhs Naçus) ; Precepts of Purity—Cultivation and Care of the Soil ; The Bubonic Plague and the Parsis of Bombay—The Armour of Health forged by Zoroaster ; Zoroaster’s Moral Philosophy. Vohumana (the Good Mind), Akamana (the Evil Mind) ; Good Thoughts (Humata), Good Words (Hukhta), and Good Deeds (Hvarshta) defined ; A Zoroastrian Household—Status of Women ; Morality of Zoroastrian Women—Tolerance ; An Avesta Incident of Mercy and Charity towards the Fallen ; God and His Hierarchy of Archangels (Ameshaspends) ; Kindness to Dumb Animals—Complaint of Geush-Urvan (the Over-Lord of the Herd of Cattle) to God—A Parable ; A Prayer of Repentance for Ill-Treatment or Unkindness to Domestic Animals ; Prohibition of Fasting from Food ; Of the Life Hereafter ; The Body and the Soul ; Severance of their Tie of Friendship—The Glorious Sunset of Life—The Soul’s Departure—Its Arrival at “Chinvat Bridge”—The Recorder “Mehr Davar” at the Gate of Heaven ; Doctrine of Reward and Punishment ; Duties of a Zoroastrian Youth after his Confirmation—The Way to Garothman Behest (Heaven)—The Result of the Zoroastrian Philosophy ; Incidents of Life where Religious Teachings are wanting ; An Illustration from Life (from Ignorance to Crime, from Crime to the Gallows) ; Resurrection of the Body ; The Memory of the Dead ; All Souls’ Day ; End of Introduction ; Extracts ; Purity ; Prayer of Ashem-Vohû ; The Law of Ahura-Mazda ; Commandments for the Body and the Soul ; The Soul’s Destination ; The Soul’s Rendering of Account ; Gatha Hymn ; Confession of Faith ; The Creed ; Prayer of Kem Nâ Mazda ; Prayer of Ke Verethrem Gâ ; Prayer of Ormuzd Yast (in Praise of God) ; God as the King, the Life, the Rewarder ; The Creation of the World by Ahura-Mazda and corresponding Evils by Angro Mainyus ; God’s Warning to Yima of Winter and Deluge ; Blessings of cultivating the Soil ; Happiness of the Earth ; Grief of the Earth ; Cultivation of Land where a Corpse is found ; Purification of Water defiled by a Corpse ; Religious Education ; Reward for the Pious ; Forgiveness of Sin ; The Temptation ; Banishment of Angro Mainyus ; On Loan ; On Waste ; Temperance ; Souls’ Visit to the Earth ; The Mazdayasnian Confession ; Patet Erani (A Prayer for Repentance) ; Marriage Service ; The Vision of Ardâ-Virâf ; Sanctity ; Prayer for Safety ; Notes. – notes.
sign.: REL-15-1-KAPA-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster, Ahura-Mazda, schepping, goed, kwaad, zuiverheid, gezondheid, lichaam, ziel, belonen, straffen, onwetendheid, kriminaliteit, doden, verleidingen, heiligheid, Mazdaznan

Khursheed, A.
The seven candles of unity : the story of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá in Edinburgh
Anjam Khursheed. – London : Bahá’i Publishing Trust, 1991. – xv, 270 p. : ill. ; 25 cm.
Contents: Prologue, p. ix ; Introduction, p. xi ; Part One: ‘Abdu’l-Bahá ; 1. ‘Abdu’l-Bahá in the lifetime of his father, p. 1 ; 2. The emergence of the Bahá’í Faith in the West, p. 12 ; 3. ‘Abdu’l-Bahá’s Western tour, p. 19 ; Part Two: The background to the visit ; 4. Life in 1913, p. 29 ; 5. Scotland, p. 39 ; 6. Jane Elizabeth Whyte, p. 45 ; 7. Theosophy in Scotland, p. 57 ; Part Three: The visit ; 8. Edinburgh, p. 65 ; 9. Tuesday 7 January; The Esperanto Society, p. 73 ; 10. Wednesday 8 January; The Outlook Tower Society, p. 85 ; 11. Thursday 9 January; The Theosophical Society, p. 101 ; 12. Friday 10 January; Departure, p. 109 ; 13. The months following his visit, p. 115 ; Part Four: The teachings of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá ; 14. The Bahá’í Faith and Christianity, p. 125 ; 15. The equality of men and women, p. 151 ; 16. The seven candles of unity, p. 159 ; Part Five: The years following the visit ; 17. The war years, p. 181 ; 18. The Bahá’í Temple, p. 185 ; 19. The development of the Bahá’í Faith in Edinburgh and beyond, p. 201 ; Epilogue, p. 213 ; Appendices ; 1. Tablet to the Hague, p. 221 ; 2. The promise of world peace, p. 231 ; References and notes, p. 249 ; Publications referred to in the text, p. 262 ; A select list of books by, and about, ‘Abdu’l-Bahá published in English, p. 265 ; Index, p. 267. – appendices, references and notes, publications reffered to in the text, a select list of books, index.
sign.: REL-9-1-KHUR-1
Trefw.: religie, Bahai, Edinburgh

Kipling, R.
The seven seas
by Rudyar Kipling. – 8th ed. – London : Methuen and Co, 1902. – xv, 230, 48 p. ; 20 cm.
Contents: Dedication ; The Seven Seas ; A song of the English ; The coastwise lights ; The song of the dead ; The deep-sea cables ; The song of the sons ; The song of the cities ; England’s answer ; The first chantey ; The last chantey ; The merchantmen ; McAndrew’s hymn ; The miracles ; The native-born ; The king ; The rhyme of the three sealers ; The derelict ; The answer ; The song of the banjo ; The liner she’s a lady ; Mulholland’s contract ; Anchor song ; The lost legion ; The sea-wife ; Hymn before action ; To the true romance ; The flowers ; The last rhyme of True Thomas ; In the Neolithic age ; The story of Ung ; The three-decker ; An American ; The Mary Gloster ; Sestina of the Tramp-Royal ; Barrack-Room Ballads ; ‘Back to the army again’ ; ‘Birds of prey’ march ; ‘Soldier an’ sailor too’ ; Sappers ; That day ; ‘The men that fought at Minden’ ; Cholera camp ; The ladies ; Bill ’Awkins ; The mother-lodge ; ‘Follow me ’ome’ ; The sergeant’s weddin’ ; The jacket ; The ’eathen ; The shut-eye sentry ; ‘Mary, pity women!’ ; For to admire ; L’Envoi.
sign.: RAN-1-8-KIPL-1
Trefw.: gedichten

Laing, S.
A modern Zoroastrian
by S. Laing. – London : Watts & Co, 1903. – xiv, 274 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Issued for the Rationalist Press Association, Limited – index.
sign.: REL-15-1-LAIN-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster

Leatham, D.
Celtic sunrise : an outline of Celtic Christianity
by Diana Leatham ; introduction by George F. MacLeod ; illustrations by George Mackie. – London : Hodder and Stoughton, 1951. – 192 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
Contents: Introduction by George F. MacLeod, p. 7 ; I. The far western Christian civilization of the Celts, p. 11 ; II. The Catholic Church before the Dark Ages, p. 35 ; III. The Celtic Church in Britain, p. 53 ; IV. The Celtic Church in Scotland, p. 77 ; V. The Celtic Church in Ireland, p. 99 ; VI. The Celtic Church in Brittany, p. 119 ; VII. The Celtic Church in England, p. 138 ; VIII. The Celtic Church abroad, p. 163
sign.: REL-17-2-LEAT-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, kerk, Schotland, Engeland

Legge, J.
The sacred books of China : the texts of Confucianism ; 1: The shu king; the religious portion of the shih king; the hsiao king
translated by James Legge ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1879. – xxx, 492 p. ; 23 cm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; The sacred books of China : the texts of Confucianism ; Vol. III ; Part I: The shu king; the religious portion of the shih king; the hsiao king)
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-3
Trefw.: religie, China, Shu, Thang, Yu, Hsia, Shang, Kau, Shih, Hsiao

The sacred books of China : the texts of Confucianism ; 2: The Yi King
translated by James Legge ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1882. – xxi, 448 p. : ill. ; 23 vm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; The sacred books of China ; the texts of Confucianism ; Vol. XVI ; Part II: The Yi King) – appendices.
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-16
Trefw.: religie, China, confusianisme, Yi King

Lehane, B.
Early Celtic Christianity
Brendan Lehane. – London, New York : Continuum, 2005. – [8], 240 p. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Introduction, p. 1 ; I. European background, p. 5 ; II. Pagan Ireland, p. 28 ; III. The awakening of Ireland, p. 51 ; IV. The sailor saint, p. 74 ; V. The Organisation-Abbot, p. 100 ; VI. Iona and Lindisfarne, p. 121 ; VII. France, p. 147 ; VIII. The path to Rome, p. 171 ; IX. Trial, p. 189 ; X. After the verdict, p. 210 – chronological table, references, select bibliography, index.
ISBN 0826486215
sign.: REL-17-2-LEHA-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, christendom

Lönnrot, E.
The Kalevala : the epic poem of Finland in two volumes ; 1
into English by John Martin Crawford. – 15th thousand. – Cincinatti : The Robert Clarke Company, 1898. – xlix, 398 p. ; 21 cm. – (The Kalevala : the epic poem of Finland in two volumes ; Vol. I)
Contents: Preface, v ; Proem, 1 ; Rune I. Birth of Wainamoinen, 5 ; Rune II. Wainamoinen’s sowing, 14 ; Rune III. Wainamoinen and Joukahainen, 27 ; Rune IV. The fate of Aino, 48 ; Rune V. Wainamoinen’s lamentation, 67 ; Rune VI. Wainamoinen’s hapless journey, 76 ; Rune VII. Wainamoinen’s rescue, 84 ; Rune VIII. Maiden of the rainbow, 97 ; Rune IX. Origin of iron, 106 ; Rune X. Ilmarinen forges the Sampo, 135 ; Rune XI. Lemminkainen’s lament, 148 ; Rune XII. Kyllikki’s broken vow, 158 ; Rune XIII. Lemminkainen’s second wooing, 175 ; Rune XIV. Death of Lemminkainen, 185 ; Rune XV. Lemminkainen’s restoration, 201 ; Rune XVI. Wainamoinen’s boat-building, 224 ; Rune XVII. Wainamoinen finds the lost word, 239 ; Rune XVIII. The rival suitors, 258 ; Rune XIX. Ilmarinen’s wooing, 281 ; Rune XX. The brewing of beer, 299 ; Rune XXI. Ilmarinen’s wedding-feast, 320 ; Rune XXII. The bride’s farewell, 334 ; Rune XXIII. Osmotar, the bride-adviser, 350 ; Rune XXIV. The bride’s farewell, 377. – glossary.
sign.: REL-17-1-LONR-3I
Trefw.: religie, oud-germanen, Finland, mythologie, goden, geschiedenis, Kalevala

The Kalevala : the epic poem of Finland in two volumes ; 2
into English by John Martin Crawford. – Cincinatti : The Robert Clarke Company, 1898. – [5], 393-744 p. ; 21 cm. – (The Kalevala : the epic poem of Finland in two volumes ; Vol. II)
Contents: Rune XXV. Wainamoinen’s wedding-songs, 393 ; Rune XXVI. Origin of the serpent, 414 ; Rune XXVII. The unwelcome guest, 438 ; Rune XXVIII. The mother’s counsel, 451 ; Rune XXIX. The isle of refuge, 461 ; Rune XXX. The frost-fiend, 480 ; Rune XXXI. Kullerwoinen, son of evil, 496 ; Rune XXXII. Kullervo as a shepherd, 508 ; Rune XXXIII. Kullervo and the cheat-cake, 523 ; Rune XXXIV. Kullervo finds his tribe-folk, 532 ; Rune XXXV. Kullervo’s evil deeds, 540 ; Rune XXXVI. Kullerwoinen’s victory and death, 552 ; Rune XXXVII. Ilmarinen’s bride of gold, 563 ; Rune XXXVIII. Ilmarinen’s fruitless wooing, 571 ; Rune XXXIX. Wainamoinen’s sailing, 581 ; Rune XL. Birth of the harp, 594 ; Rune XLI. Wainamoinen’s harp-songs, 605 ; Rune XLII. Capture of the Sampo, 613 ; Rune XLIII. The Sampo lost in the sea, 629 ; Rune XLIV. Birth of the second harp, 641 ; Rune XLV. Birth of the nine diseases, 651 ; Rune XLVI. Otso the honey-eater, 661 ; Rune XLVII. Louhi steals sun, moon, and fire, 679 ; Rune XLVIII. Capture of the fire-fish, 691 ; Rune XLIX. Restoration of the sun and moon, 702 ; Rune L. Mariatta—Wainamoinen’s departure, 717 ; Epilogue, 739 – glossary.
sign.: REL-17-1-LONR-3II
Trefw.: religie, oud-germanen, Finland, mythologie, goden, geschiedenis, Kalevala

Loti, P
Impressions
by Pierre Loti ; with an introduction by Henry James. – London : Archibald, Constable and Co, 1898. – 189 p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: RAN-1-4-LOTI-1
Trefw.: literatuur

MacBain, A.
Celtic mythology and religion
Alexander MacBain. – Royston, Hertfordshire : Oracle Publishing, 1996. – xviii, 252 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Introduction, p. v ; Celtic mythology and religion, p. 9 ; Character of myth, p. 10 ; Cause of myth, p. 17 ; Spread of myth, p. 27 ; The Aryan nation, p. 30 ; Aryan myths, p. 39 ; Results of the general principles, p. 43 ; Sources of information, p. 45 ; The Celts, p. 48 ; Celtic characteristics, p. 54 ; The Gaulish religion, p. 61 ; Druidism, p. 69 ; Celtic religion in Britain and Ireland, p. 85 ; British religion, p. 87 ; The Gaelic gods in history, p. 104 ; Gods of the Gaels, p. 116 ; The Celtic Elysium, p. 132 ; Welsh and Gaelic Elysium, p. 138 ; Celtic worship and rites, p. 150 ; Celtic burial rites, p. 173 ; The “Druid” circles, p. 181 ; Celtic burial, p. 235.
ISBN 1861960085
sign.: REL-17-2-MACB-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, mythologie, druiden

MacDonald, A.D
Poems of aspiration, faith and love
by A.D. MacDonald. – Pretoria, South Africa : The Institute for Theosophical Publicity, [1955]. – 70 p. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Man’s destiny ; Fulfilment ; Chance, p. 13 ; The quest, p. 16 ; Vision, p. 18 ; Destiny, p. 19 ; The road to Heaven, p. 20 ; Remember this, p. 23 ; Awakening, p. 24 ; Attainment, p. 25 ; Homecoming, p. 26 ; Consummation, p. 28 ; The spirit in man, p. 34 ; More light, p. 35 ; The citadel within, p. 36 ; The infinite and man, p. 37 ; Rally, p. 38 ; Sometimes, p. 39 ; The time will come, p. 40 ; The Christ within, p. 41 ; I come, p. 42 ; Death and after ; Transition, p. 43 ; Departure, p. 44 ; Survival, p. 45 ; Even now, p. 46 ; Partings, p. 47 ; When I die, p. 48 ; Our younger brothers ; Younger brothers, p. 49 ; The animals’ appeal, p. 50 ; Vivisection, p. 52 ; A caged thrush, p. 53 ; Universal kinship, p. 54 ; The golden age, p. 56 ; Friendship and daily life ; New Year, p. 57 ; Oasis, p. 58 ; The artist of the sky, p. 59 ; Pictures in town and country, p. 60 ; The message, p. 63 ; Early days, p. 64 ; Wedding day, p. 65 ; At 78, p. 66 ; Friendship, p. 67 ; Friendship renewed, p. 68 ; Reincarnation, p. 69.
sign.: RAN-1-8-MACD-1
Trefw.: gedichten, geloof, liefde, theosofie

Macleod, F.
The immortal hour
by “Fiona Macleod” (William Sharp). – reprinted. – London : William Heinemann, 1925. – [10], 73 p. ; 18 cm. – note.
sign.: RAN-1-9-MACL-1
Trefw.: toneelstukken, Kelten, legenden, Midir, Etain, drama’s

Maeterlinck, M.
Ancient Egypt
by Maurice Maeterlink ; translated by Alfred Sutro. – London : George Allen & Unwin, 1925. – 95 p. ; 17 cm.
Contents: I. Egypt of to-day, p. 9 ; II. Egypt and Egyptian art at the time of the Pharaohs, p. 19 ; III. Life in ancient Egypt, p. 35 ; IV. The wisdom of the priests, p. 48 ; V. The secret religion, p. 69 ; VI. The spiritual atmosphere, p. 83.
sign.: REL-4-1-MAET-1
Trefw.: religie, Egypte, oudheid

The buried temple
by Maurice Maeterlinck ; translated by Alfred Sutro. – London : George Allen, 1902. – [10], 276, [1] p. : portr. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. The mystery of justice, p. 3 ; II. The evolution of mystery, p. 101 ; III. The kingdom of matter, p. 167 ; IV. The past, p. 197 ; V. Luck, p. 223.
sign.: RAN-1-4-MAET-15
Trefw.: romans, verhalen, essays

Mails, T.E.
Fools Crow : wisdom and power
Thomas E. Mails. – Tulsa, Oklahoma : Council Oak Books, 1991. – 203 p. : il. ; 26 cm.
Contents: 1. The old Lord of the Holy Men, p. 9 ; 2. Little hollow bones, p. 30 ; 3. Bones in action, p. 46 ; 4. Harmony, p. 61 ; 5. Mind screens, p. 74 ; 6. Mental movers, p. 82 ; 7. Lights of wisdom, p. 103 ; 8. White clouds, p. 115 ; 9. Talking stones, p. 123 ; 10. How big?, p. 136 ; 11. Baskets of love, p. 151 ; 12. Freedom from fear, p. 169 ; 13. A big lift, p. 179 ; 14. Reluctant good-byes, p. 187 ; 15. The end and the beginning, p. 193 ; Bibliography, p. 203. – bibliography.
ISBN 0933031351
sign.: REL-2-3-MAIL-1
Trefw.: religie, indianen, biografieen, Lakota

March, H.C.
The pagan-Christian overlap in the North
by Henry Colley March. – Manchester : Richard Gill, 1892. – [2], 41, XII p. : ill., plates. ; 23 cm.
sign.: REL-17-1-MARC-1
Trefw.: religie, heidendom, Scandinavië

Markham, C.
The Incas of Peru
by Sir Clements Markham. – London : Smith, Elder & Co, 1910. – xvi, 443, [4] p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: I. The tellers of the story, p. 1 ; II. The megalithic age, p. 21 ; III. The list of kings, p. 40 ; IV. The Pacari-tampu myth, p. 48 ; V. Rise of the Incas, p. 58 ; VI. The stolen child, p. 68 ; VII. Empire, p. 78 ; VIII. Religion of the Incas, p. 96 ; IX. The Inca calendar, festivals, and dress of the sovereign and his queen, p. 115 ; X. Language and literature of the Incas, p. 137 ; XI. Condition of the people, p. 159 ; Note to the chapter on the condition of the people, p. 170 ; XII. Ttahua-ntin-suyu, p. 173 ; I. Cunti-suyu, p. 173 ; II. Chincha-suyu, p. 177 ; III. Colla-suyu, p. 186 ; IV. Anti-suyu, p. 192 ; XIII. The coast valleys, p. 200 ; XIV. The Chimu, p. 207 ; XV. The Chincha Confederacy, p. 227 ; XVI. The cataclysm, p. 240 ; XVII. Garcilasso Inca de la Vega, p. 260 ; XVIII. The last of the Incas, p. 285 ; Appendices: A. Note on the chapter on the list of kings, p. 303 ; B. Note on the names Quichua and Aymara, p. 311 ; C. Note on the architecture and arts of the Incas, p. 318 ; D. The Inca drama of Ollantay, p. 321 ; E. Inca folklore: the love story given in the work of Morua, p. 408 ; Index, p. 415. – index.
sign.: REL-16-1-MARK-1
Trefw.: religie, Incas, Perus

Martine, F.G.
The Dead Sea scrolls translated : the Qumran texts in English
Florentino García Martínez ; Wilfred G.E. Watson, translator. – Leiden, New York, Cologne : E.J. Brill, 1994. – lxvii, 513 p. ; 23 cm. – list of manuscripts from Qumran.
ISBN 9004100482
sign.: REL-7-2-MART-2
Trefw.: religie, Essenen, Dode-Zeerollen, Qumran, jodendom, geschiedenis, astronomie

Mills, L.H.
The Zend-Avesta ; Part 3: The Yasna, Visparad, Âfrînagân, Gahs, and miscellaneous fragments : Introduction ; The Gâthas: Introduction ; Yasna XXIX ; Yasna XXVIII ; Yasna XXX ; Yasna XXXI ; Yasna XXXII ; Yasna XXXIII ; Yasna XXXIV ; Yasna XLIII ; Yasna XLIV ; Yasna XLV ; Yasna XLVI ; Yasna XLVII ; Yasna XLVIII ; Yasna XLIX ; Yasna L ; Yasna LI ; Yasna LIII ; The Yasna: Yasna I. The Sacrifice Commences ; Yasna II. The Sacrifice Continues ; Yasna III. The Yasna Advances to the Naming of the Objects of Propitiation ; Yasna IV. The Offering Takes Place ; Yasna V ; Yasna VI. The Sacrifice ; Continues With Fuller Expression ; Yasna VII. Presentation of Offerings by the Priest with the Object of Propitiation Named ; Yasna VIII. Offering of the Meat-Offering in Particular ; Yasna IX. The Hôm Yast ; Yasna X ; Yasna XI. Prelude To The H(a)oma-Offering ; Yasna XII. The Mazdayasnian Confession ; Yasna XIII. Invocations and Dedications ; Yasna XIV. Dedications ; Yasna XV. The Sacrifice Continues ; Yasna XVI. The Sacrifice Continues with Increased Fulness of Expression ; Yasna XVII. To the Fires, Waters, Plants, ; &c. ; Yasna XVIII ; Yasna XIX. Zand or Commentary on the Ahuna-vairya Formulas ; Yasna XX. Zand, or Commentary, on the Ashem Vohû ; Yasna XXI. Catechetical Zand, Or Commentary Upon The Yênhê Hâtãm ; Yasna XXII. The Sacrifice Continues ; Yasna XXIII. The Fravashis of the Saints; Prayers for Their Approach ; Yasna XXIV. Presentations ; Yasna XXV ; Yasna XXVI. The Fravashis; Sacrifice and Praise to Them ; Yasna XXVII. Prelude to the Chief Recital of the Ahuna-vairya ; Yasna XXXV. Yasna Haptanghâiti ; Yasna XXXVI. To Ahura and the Fire ; Yasna XXXVII. To Ahura, the Holy Creation, the Fravashis of the Just, and the Bountiful Immortals ; Yasna XXXVIII. To the Earth and the Sacred Waters ; Yasna XXXIX. To the Soul of the Kine, &c ; Yasna XL. Prayers for Helpers ; Yasna XLI. A Prayer to Ahura as the King, the Life, and the Rewarder ; Yasna XLII. A Supplement to the Haptanghâiti ; Yasna LII. A Prayer for Sanctity and its Benefits ; Yasna LIV. The Airyemâ-ishyô ; Yasna LV. The Worship of the Gâthas as Concluded, and That of the Staota Yêsnya as Beginning ; Yasna LVI. Introduction to the Srôsh Yast ; Yasna LVII. The Srôsh Yast ; Yasna LVIII. The Fshûshô-Mãthra ; Yasna LIX. Mutual Blessings ; Yasna LX. Prayers for the Dwelling of the Sacrificer ; Yasna LXI ; Yasna LXII ; Yasna LXIII ; Yasna LXIX ; Yasna LXV. To Ardvi Sûra Anâhita, And The Waters ; Yasna LXVI. To the Ahurian One ; Yasna LXVII ; Yasna LXVIII. To the Ahurian One, and the Waters ; Yasna LXIX ; Yasna LXX. To the Bountiful ; immortals, and the Institutions of Religion ; Yasna LXXI. The Yasna Concluding ; Yasna LXXII ; Visparad: Visparad I ; Visparad II ; Visparad III ; Visparad IV ; Visparad V ; Visparad VI ; Visparad VII ; Visparad VIII ; Visparad IX ; Visparad X ; Visparad XI ; Visparad XII ; Visparad XIII ; Visparad XIV ; Visparad XV ; Visparad XVI ; Visparad XVII ; Visparad XVIII ; Visparad XIX ; Visparad XX ; Visparad XXI ; Visparad XXII ; Visparad XXIII ; Âfrînagân: I. Âfrînagân Gahanbâr ; II. Âfrînagân Gâtha ; III. Âfrînagân ; Rapithvin ; The Gâhs: I. The Gâh Hâvan ; II. Gâh Rapithvin ; III. Gâh Uziren ; IV. Gâh Aiwisrûthrima ; V. Gâh Ushahin ; Miscellaneous Fragments: I ; II ; III ; IV ; V ; VI ; VII ; VIII ; IX ; Index
translated by L.H. Mills ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1887. – XLVII, 404, 7 p. ; 23 cm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; The Zend-Avesta ; Vol. XXXI ; Part III: The Yasna, Visparad, Âfrînagân, Gahs, and miscellaneous fragments) – index.
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-31
Trefw.: religie, zoroaster, Mazdaznan

Monaghan, P.
The red-haired girl from the bog : the landscape of Celtic myth and spirit
Patricia Monaghan. – Novato, California : New World Library, 2003. – [8], 295 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Chapter one. The sacred center, p. 1 ; Chapter two. Mountains of the hag, p. 15 ; Chapter three. The red-haired girl from the bog, p. 45 ; Chapter four. Intoxication, p. 75 ; Chapter five. Becoming native to this island, p. 107 ; Chapter six. The well of her memory, p. 137 ; Chapter seven. Wisdom galore, p. 167 ; Chapter eight. Wildish things, p. 205 ; Chapter nine. The stone in the midst of all, p. 241 ; Pronunciation guide, p. 251 ; Glossary, p. 253 ; Notes, p. 267 ; Index, p. 277 ; Acknowledgments, p. 293 ; About the author, p. 295. – glossary, notes, index.
ISBN 1577311906
sign.: REL-17-2-MONA-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, mythologie, vrouwen, godinnen, folkore

Muller, F.M.
Chips from a German workshop ; 1: Essays on the science of religion
by Max Muller,. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1867. – xxxi, 379, 24 p. ; 23 cm. – (Chips from a German workshop ; Volume I: Essays on the science of religion)
Contents of first volume: I. Lecture on the Vedas or the sacred books of the Brahmans, delivered at Leeds, 1865, 1 ; II. Christ and other masters, 1858, 50 ; III. The Veda and Zend-Avesta, 1853, 62 ; IV. The Aitareya-Brâhmana, 1864, 104 ; V. On the study of the Zend-Avesta in India, 1862, 118 ; VI. Progress of Zend scholarship, 1865, 129 ; VII. Genesis and the Zend-Avesta, 1864, 143 ; VIII. The modern Parsis, 1862, 160 ; IX. Buddhism, 1862, 181 ; X. Buddhist pilgrims, 1857, 235 ; XI. The meaning of Nirvâna, 1857, 279 ; XII. Chinese translations of Sanskrit texts, 1861, 291 ; XIII. The works of Confucius, 1861, 304 ; XIV. Popol Vuh, 1862, 313 ; XV. Semitic monotheism, 1860, 341. – index.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-6I
Trefw.: religie

Chips from a German workshop ; 2: Essays on mythology, traditions, and customs
by Max Muller. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1867. – [8], 356, 4 p. ; 23 cm. – (Chips from a German workshop ; Volume II: Essays on mythology, traditions, and customs)
Contents of second volume: XVI. Comparative mythology, 1856, 1 ; XVII. Greek mythology, 1858, 144 ; XVIII. Greek legends, 1867, 156 ; XIX. Bellerophon, 1855, 172 ; XX. The Norsemen in Iceland, 1858, 189 ; XXI. Folk-Lore, 1863, 197 ; XXII. Zulu nursery tales, 1867, 208 ; XXIII. Popular tales from the Norse, 1859, 219 ; XXIV. Tales of the West Highlands, 1861, 239 ; XXV. On manners and customs, 1865, 250 ; XXVI. Our figures, 1863, 286 ; XXVII. Caste, 1858, 297.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-6II
Trefw.: religie

Müller, F.M.
Lectures on the origin and growth of religion
by F. Max Muller. – new impression. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1898. – viii, 408 p. ; 20 cm. – (Collected Works of the Right Hon. F. Max Muller ; IX: The Hibbert Lectures on origin and growth of religion) – index.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-3
Trefw.: religie

Lectures on the science of language ; 1
by F. Max Muller. – new edition. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1885. – xx, 481, 12 p. ; 20 cm. – (Lectures on the science of language ; Vol. I) – appendix, index.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-5II
Trefw.: religie, taal, lezingen

Lectures on the science of language ; 2
by F. Max Muller ; in two volumes. – new edition. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1885. – viii, 668, 3, [1] p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (Lectures on the science of language ; Vol. II) – index.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-5II
Trefw.: religie, taal, lezingen

Natural religion : The Gifford Lectures delivered Before the University of Glasgow in 1888
by F. Max Müller, K.M.. – London and New York : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1889. – xix, 608 p. ; 19 cm. – index.
sign.: REL-2-1-MULL-4
Trefw.: religie

Ramakrishna : his life and sayings
by the Right Hon. F. Max Muller. – new impression. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1901. – x, 200, 40 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (Collected Works of the Right Hon. F. Max Muller ; XV: Ramakrishna : his life and sayings) – index.
sign.: REL-11-9-MULL-1
Trefw.: religie, Ramakrishna

The six systems of Indian philosophy
by the RIght Hon. Professor Max Müller, K.M.. – New Edition. – London; New York; Bombay : Longmans, Green and Co., 1903. – xxvii, 478, [1] p. ; 20 cm. – (Collected Works of F. Max Müller ; XIX: The Six Systems of Indian Philosophy)
sign.: REL-11-1-MULL-3
Trefw.: saddarshana, vedanta, mimamsa, yoga, sankya, samkya, nyaya, veda’s, vaisheshika

Three lectures on the Vedanta philosophy
by the Right Hon. F. Max Muller. – new impression. – London : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1901. – vii, 173, 40 p. ; 20 cm. – (Collected Works of the Right Hon. F. Max Muller ; XVI: Three lectures on the Vedanta philosophy)
translated from the Pali by T.W. Rhys Davids
sign.: REL-11-6-MULL-1
Trefw.: religie, hindoeisme, vedanta

Naubert-Riser, C.
Klee
by Constance Naubert-Riser ; introduction by Gualtieri di San Lazzaro ; translated by John Greaves. – London : Bracken Books, 1988. – 138, [6] p. : ill. ; 31 cm.
Spine title: Klee : the masterworks – selected bibliography, principal exhibition catalogues, chronology, photograph credits, list of illustrations.
ISBN 185170213X
sign.: RAN-1-2-KLEE-2
Trefw.: kunst, Paul Klee, esoterie

Nichols, S.
Jung and tarot : an archetypal journey
Sallie Nichols ; with an introduction by Laurens van de Post. – 1st paperback ed. – York Beach, Maine : Samuel Weiser, 1984. – XV, 392 p. : ill. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Introduction, xiii ; Introduction to the Tarot, 1 ; Map of the journey, 9 ; The fool in Tarot and in us, 23 ; The magician: Creator and trickster, 45 ; The popess: High priestess of Tarot, 71 ; The empress: Madonna, Great Mother, Queen of Heaven and Earth, 87 ; The emperor: Father of civilization, 103 ; The pope: The visible face of God, 119 ; The lover: Victim of Cupid’s golden error, 129 ; The chariot: It carries us home, 139 ; Justice: Is there any?, 153 ; The hermit: Is there anybody there?, 165 ; The wheel of fortune: Help!, 179 ; Strength: Whose?, 201 ; The hanged man: Suspense, 215 ; Death: The enemy, 227 ; Temperance: Heavenly alchemist, 249 ; The devil: Dark angel, 261 ; The tower of destruction: The stroke of liberation, 283 ; The star: Ray of hope, 295 ; The moon: Maiden or menace?, 313 ; The sun: Shining center, 327 ; Judgement: A vocation, 337 ; The world: A window of eternity, 349 ; On spreading the cards, 369 ; References, 387 – references.
ISBN 0877285152
sign.: ESO-7-2-NICH-1
Trefw.: esoterie, tarot, symboliek

Noire, L
Max Muller and the Philosophy of Language
by Ludwig Noiré. – 1st. – Longmans, Green, and Co, London : Longmans, Green, and Co, London, 1879. – 102 p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: REL-2-1-NOIR-1
Trefw.: Max Muller philosophy language

O Cleirigh, M
Leabhar gabhála = The book of conquests of Ireland ; 1
the recension of Micheál O’ Cléirigh ; edited by R.A. Stewart Macalister and John Mac Neill. – Dublin : Hodges, Figgis & Company, [1916]. – 285 p. ; 21 cm.
At head of title: University College, Dublin ; Contents: Chapter I. Of the conquest of Cesair first ; Chapter II. Of the conquest of Partholon, son of Sear, here follows ; Chapter III. Of the plains that were cleared in the time of Partholon. Of the lakes, of the rivers that he found before him, and of the lake-bursts that took place in his time in Ireland. Of the deaths of his children and of his people, of his own death, and of the time he spent in Ireland, is here related ; Chapter IV. Of the conquest of Neimhedh as follows ; Chapter V. The conquest of the Fir Bolg ; Chapter VI. Of the kings of the Fir Bolg. Of the time they spent in the kingship, and of their deaths, the following is related ; Chapter VII. The conquest of the Tuatha De Danann. Of the adventures of Iobath, son of Beothach, son of Iarbanel, son of Neimhedh and of his seed, from the time when they left Ireland after the destruction of Conainn’s Tower till they returned as the Tuatha De Danann to Ireland, against the Fir Bolg. Of the number of their kings, of the length of their reigns, and of their deaths, is related further, together with the genealogy of some of them ; Chapter VIII. Of the genealogy of some of the Tuatha De ; Chapter IX. Of the kings of the Tuatha De Danann, of their history, of the length of their reigns, and of their deaths, this is related ; Chapter X. The genealogy of some of the Tuatha De Danann further ; Chapter XI. The occupation of the children of Mil ; Chapter XII. Of the journeys of Golamh, son of Bile, son of Breoghan, from Spain to Scythia, and how he made a marriage there, when he took Seng, daughter of Reffloir; of the cause why he departed from there, and of the places whereto he came and wherein he sojourned, till he took Spain again, is here related at present ; Chapter XIII. Of the taking of the kingdom of Spain by Donn son of Mil and by Eremhon from their brother after their father’s death; of the coming of Ith son of Breoghan to Ireland, and of his death by the Tuatha De Danann. Of the coming of the sons of Mil to avenge him, of the battles that were fought between them. Of the division of Ireland between Eremhon and Emer Finn, of the forts heaped up by them in Ireland, is here related.
sign.: REL-17-2-CLEI-1
Trefw.: religie, antropologie, Ierland, geschiedenis

O’Brien, H.
The round towers of Ireland : or, The history of the Tuath-De-Danaans for the first time unveiled
by Henry O’Brien ; a new editon with introduction, synopsis, index, etc. – London ; Calcutta : W. Thacker & Co ; Thacker, Spink & Co, 1898. – xcv, 551 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
750 Copies only of this Edition have been printed for Sale and the Type distributed, of which this is No. 438 ; Later ed. issued under title: Atlantis in Ireland ; Contents: Introduction, p. vii ; Synopsis, p. xxxvii ; Dedication (first edition), p. lxi ; Preface (first edition), p. lxiii ; Dedication (second edition), p. xciii ; List of illustrations, p. xcv ; Author’s text (second edition), p. 1 ; List of the principal Irish towers and crosses, p. 525 ; Index, p. 529. – index.
sign.: REL-17-2-OBRI-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, bouwkunst

Offenberg, A.K.
Bibliotheca Rosenthaliana : treasures of Jewish booklore : marking the 200th anniversary of the birth of Leeser Rosenthal, 1794-1994
ed. by Adri K. Offenberg, Emile G.L. Schrijver and F.J. Hoogewoud ; with the collab. of Lies Kruijer-Poesiat ; colour photogr. by Iman Heystek ; [transl. from the Dutch: Sammy Herman]. – Amsterdam : Amsterdam University Press, 1996. – XII, 135 p. : ill, foto’s. ; 30 cm. – bibliografie, index.
ISBN 9053560882
sign.: REL-7-1-OFFE-1
Trefw.: Overzicht in woord en beeld van ca. zestig hoogtepunten uit de collectie van de Bibliotheca Rosenthaliana, één van de grootste verzamelingen boeken ter wereld betreffende het jodendom. NL-ZmNBD

Olcott, H.S.
Old diary leaves : the only authentic history of The Theosophical Society ; II: Second Series, 1878-83
by Henry Steel Olcott. – London ; Madras : Theosophical Publishing Society ; Theosophist Office, 1900. – viii, 476 p. ; 20 cm. – (Old Diary Leaves ; Second Series, 1878-83) – index.
sign.: THE-4-5-OLCO-1IIe
Trefw.: theosofie, autobiografieën, geschiedenis, Theosofische Vereniging, Bombay, reizen, Ceylon, healings

Old diary leaves : the only authentic history of The Theosophical Society ; IV: Fourth Series, 1887-1892
by Henry Steel Olcott. – London ; Madras : Theosophical Publishing Society ; Theosophist Office, 1910. – ix, 521 p. ; 20 cm. – (Old Diary Leaves ; Fourth Series, 1887-1892) – index.
sign.: THE-4-5-OLCO-1IV
Trefw.: theosofie, autobiografieën, geschiedenis, Theosofische Vereniging, India, Japan, H.P. Blavatsky, Subba Rao, Hartmann, hypnotisme, spiritisme, Judge

Old diary leaves : the only authentic history of The Theosophical Society ; VI: Sixth Series, April 1896 – September 1898
by Henry Steel Olcott. – diamond jubilee. – Adyar : Theosophical Publishing House, 1935. – viii, 423 p. ; 19 cm. – (Old Diary Leaves ; Sixth Series (April, 1896-September, 1898)) – index.
sign.: THE-4-5-OLCO-1VId
Trefw.: theosofie, autobiografieën, geschiedenis Theosofische Vereniging, helderziendheid, mediums, Ceylon, India

Old diary leaves : the true story of The Theosophical Society ; I: America 1874-1878
by Henry Steel Olcott. – New York, Londen, Madras : G.P. Putnam’s Sons, The Proprietors of the “Theoso, 1895. – XI, 491 p. ; 21 cm. – (Old Diary Leaves)
Contents: Foreword, p. iii ; I. First meeting of the Founders, p. 1 ; II. Madame Blavatsky in America, p. 27 ; III. Philadelphia phenomena, p. 40 ; IV. Madame Blavatsky’s second marriage, p. 52 ; V. Spiritualism, p. 66 ; VI. Oriental disapprobation, p. 82 ; VII. Dr. Slade, p. 101 ; VIII. Theosophical Society proposed, p. 113 ; IX. Formation of the Theosophical Society, p. 126 ; X. Baron de Palm, p. 147 ; XI. The first cremation in America, p. 166 ; XII. Putative author of “Art Magic”, p. 185 ; XIII. “Isis Unveiled”, p. 202 ; XIV. Different hypotheses, p. 220 ; XV. Apparent possession by foreign entities, p. 236 ; XVI. Definition of terms, p. 255 ; XVII. Re-incarnation, p. 277 ; XVIII. Early days of the Society, p. 298 ; XIX. Conflicting views, p. 304 ; XX. Conflicting views (Continued), p. 319 ; XXI. New York Headquarters, p. 330 ; XXII. Various phenomena described, p. 343 ; XXIII. Precipitations of pictures, p. 358 ; XXIV. Projection of the double, p. 374 ; XXV. Swami Dyânand, p. 394 ; XXVI. Madame Blavatsky at home, p. 408 ; XXVII. Illusions, p. 429 ; XXVIII. Character sketch of Madame Blavatsky, p. 449 ; XXIX. Madame Blavatsky becomes an American Citizen. Formation of the British Theosophical Society. Last days in New York. The Founders sail for India, p. 464 ; Index, p. 485. – index.
sign.: THE-4-5-OLCO-1Ia
Trefw.: theosofie, autobiografieën, geschiedenis, Theosofische Vereniging, H.P. Blavatsky, spiritisme, Slade, Palm, crematies, magie, Isis Ontsluierd, reïncarnatie, conflicten, astrale projecties, Dyanand

Ouseley, G.J.R.
A basket of fragments, being fundamental truths, precepts, devotions of the One Holy Catholic Divine-Human Apostolic Church of Israel
with a brief introductory comment by I.O. and M.A. – Paris, Jerusalem, Madras : Order of the Golden Age, 1888?. – 196 p. ; 18 cm.
A Basket of Fragments, being Fundamental Truths, Precepts, Devotions of the One Holy Catholic Divine-Human Apostolic Church of Israel, with a brief Introductory Comment by I. O. and M. A., Ministers and Servants of the New Dispensation, Founders of the O+A and Authors of “Palingenesia,” “New Light on Old Truths,” &c. ; “Thy Twelve Tribes do praise Thee, O Yerusalem.” ; Issued by the Order of the Golden Age, Paris, Jerusalem, Madras ; Three Francs ; Half-a-crown.
sign.: REL-6-9-OUSE-3III

A nation regenerated, or, The way to brightest England, through justice to Ireland : being a programme of reforms proposed to a reformed Parliament ; with appendices on food and drink reform, &c
by I.O. and M.A.. – 4th ed. – London : Nichol and Co ; Hygienic Publishers, 1888?. – 80 p. ; 18 cm.
A Nation Regenerated: or, The Way to Brightest England, through Justice to Ireland. Being a Programme of Reforms proposed to a Reformed Parliament. By I. O. and M. A. With Appendices on Food and Drink Reform, &c. Fourth Edition. Price Sixpence. Issued by the United Templars Association. London: Nichol and Co., Hygienic Publishers, 23, Oxford Street.
sign.: REL-6-9-OUSE-3II

New light on old truths : a manual of doctrine for the use of the clergy, with an address to the laity (of all denominations)
by I.O. M.T. & M.A. M.T. ; Ministers and Servants of the New Dispensation, Founders of the Order of the O ✠ A and Authors of “The Tree of Life.”. – London : Hygienic Depot, 1888. – xv, 132 p. ; 18 cm.
One shilling. Postage 2d. ; New Light on Old Truths. ; A manual of doctrine for the use of the clergy, with an address to the laity (of all denominations). ; By I.O. M.T. & M.A. M.T. ; Ministers and Servants of the New Dispensation, Founders of the Order of the O ✠ A and Authors of “The Tree of Life.” ; “Let Light Be.” ; “Behold! I make all things new.” ; Agents for Sale: Europe: Galignani, Paris. Africa: Ebner, Cairo. Asia: Kailasam Brothers, Madras. America: J. Cooper, S. Francisco. Australia: W. Terry, Melbourne. English Agents: Hygienic Depot, 23, Oxford Street, London. ; 1888. ; Contents: Address to the Laity, p. vii ; I. Pure Diet to Promote Pure Life, p. 5 ; II. Analogy of Nature, p. 16 ; III. Inspiration and Revelation, p. 20 ; IV. The Unity, Duality and Trinity, p. 23 ; V. Regeneration and Purification, p. 30 ; VI. Atonement by Sacrifice, p. 38 ; VII. The Gifts of the Spirit, p. 41 ; VIII. Divinity and Incarnation of the Christ, p. 46 ; IX. Merit, p. 51 ; X. Incarnation and Excarnation, p. 56 ; XI. The Sacrament of Baptism, p. 60 ; XII. The Eucharistic Sacrifice, p. 65 ; XIII. The Constitution of the Church, p. 69 ; XIV. The Ages of Ages, p. 76 ; XV. Songs of the Church—New yet Old, p. 84 ; Appendix, p. 91 ; Notes, p. 104 – notes, to students of the kabbala.
sign.: REL-6-9-OUSE-3I
Trefw.: religie, christendom, esoterisch christendom

Owen, G.V.
The life beyond the veil ; Book I: The lowlands of heaven
spirit messages received and written down by G. Vale Owen ; with an appreciation oby Lord Northcliffe ; and an introduction by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle ; edited by H.W. Engholm. – London : Thornton Butterworth Limited, 1920. – xxxviii, 191 p. ; 20 cm. – (The life beyond the veil ; Book I: The lowlands of heaven)
sign.: RAN-6-1-OWEN-5I
Trefw.: spiritisme

The life beyond the veil ; Book II: The highlands of heaven
by G. Vale Owen; with an appreciation by Lord Northcliffe ; and an introd. by Arthur Conan Doyle ; ed. by H.W. Engholm. – London : Thornton Butterworth, 1920. – 253 p. ; 20 cm. – (The life beyond the veil ; Book II: The highlands of heaven)
sign.: RAN-6-1-OWEN-5II
Trefw.: spiritisme, engelen, hemel, God

Oxyrhynchus
New sayings of Jesus and fragment of a lost gospel from Oxyrhynchus
from Oxyrhynchus ; edited, with translation and commentary, by Bernard P. Grenfell and Arthur S. Hunt. – London : Henry Frowde, 1904. – 45, [2] p. : plate. ; 22 cm.
Egypt Exploration Fund Graeco-Roman Branch ; Contents ; Preface, 5 ; New sayings of Jesus: (a) Introduction, 9 ; (b) Text, 10 ; (c) The sayings with translations and notes, 11 ; (d) General remarks, 19 ; The ‘Logia’ discovered in 1897, 35 ; Fragment of a lost Gospel: (a) Introduction, 37 ; (b) Text, 38 ; (c) Translation and notes, 40 ; (d) General remarks, 42.
sign.: REL-4-1-OXYR-1a
Trefw.: religie, gnosticisme, christendom, Jezus

Pandurung, D.
A Hindu gentleman’s reflections respecting the works of Swedenborg and the doctrines of the New Jerusalem Church
A Hindu Gentleman. – London : James Speirs, 1878. – [4], 87, 3 p. ; 19 cm.
sign.: REL-6-10-PAND-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, mystiek, Emanuel Swedenborg

Pape, A.G.
Is there a new race type? and The philosophy behind
by Captain A.G. Pape. – Edinburgh : Fyall & Maine, 1923. – 29, 29 p. : ill. ; 18 cm.
Contents: I. General survey—premises—perplexing problems—pain, peace—League of Nations—our outlook—“Bring out the old, bring in the new”—democratic tendency—our duty, p. 5 ; II. Progressive evolution, p. 10 ; III. The law of cause and effect, p. 18 ; IV. The law of kinship, p. 22 ; V. The law of self-sacrifice, p. 25 ; VI. Deductions, p. 28.
sign.: RAN-9-1-PAPE-1
Trefw.: antropologie, rassen, filosofie, theosofie, Atlantis, wortelrassen, evolutie, karma, broederschap

Parker, D.
Familiar to all : William Lilly and astrology in the seventeenth century
Derek Parker. – London : Jonathan Cape, 1975. – 272 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Foreword, p. 13 ; A brief chronology, p. 16 ; 1. Leicestershire to London, p. 21 ; 2. Astrology and Society, p. 46 ; 3. Some That Have Writ Almanacks, p. 69 ; 4. Astrologer at Work, p. 117 ; 5. Astrologer at War, p. 129 ; 6. Astrologer at Politics, p. 162 ; 7. Fame and Disrepute, p. 178 ; 8. The Planets Fade, p. 209 ; 9. Our Prophet’s Gone, p. 233 ; A note on sources, p. 263 ; Index, p. 267. – a note on sources, index.
ISBN 022401112X
sign.: RAN-7-1-PARK-6
Trefw.: astrologie, geschiedenis, William Lilly

Partsch, S.
Paul Klee (1879-1940)
Susanna Partsch. – Koln : Benedikt Taschen Verlag, 1990. – 96 p. : ill. ; 30 cm. – notes.
ISBN 3822802999
sign.: RAN-1-2-KLEE-3
Trefw.: kunst, Paul Klee, esoterie

Petavel, E.
The problem of immortality
by E. Petavel ; with a prefatory letter by Charles Secretan ; translated from the French by Frederick Ash Freer. – London : Elliot Stock, 1892. – xix, 597 p. ; 22 cm. – index.
sign.: RAN-3-1-PETA-1
Trefw.: christendom, onsterfelijkheid, religie, reincarnatie, dood, wetenschap

Pinkerton, J.
An enquiry into the history of Scotland, preceding the reign of Malcolm III. or the year 1056 : including the authentic history of that period : in two volumes ; 1
by John Pinkerton. – a new edition with corrections and additions. – Edinburgh : Bell & Bradfute ; William Laing ; Doig & Stirling ; William Blackwood ; And Oliphant, Waugh & Innes, 1814. – lxxxviii, 522 p. : ill. ; 22 cm. – (An enquiry into the history of Scotland ; Vol. I)
Printed for James Ballantyne and Co. ; Contents ; Volume first ; Part I. The earliest Celtic inhabitants of Scotland ; Chap. I. The Greek and Roman Geography of Scotland, 3 ; Chap. II. The earliest Celtic inhabitants of Scotland, 13 ; Part II. The Southern Britons, between the Rivers Tweed and Forth, Solway, and Clyde ; Chap. I. Origins of the Southern Britons, 21 ; Chap. II. The tribes between the Tweed and Forth, Solway and Clyde, 34 ; Chap. III. The walls, 45 ; Chap. IV. The province of Valentia, 57 ; Chap. V. The kingdom of Strath-Clyde, 60 ; Chap. VI. The kingdom of Cumbria, 83 ; Part III. The Northern Britons, otherwise called Caledonians, or Piks ; Chap. I. The Northern Britons, Caledonians, Piks, one and the same people, 103 ; Chap. II. The opinion of Camden and Lloyd, and that of the two Macphersons, concerning the origin of the Piks, examined, 121 ; Chap. III. Origin of the Piks, 163 ; Chap. IV. Epoch of the Pikish settlement in Scotland, 201 ; Chap. V. Province of Vespasiana, 209 ; Chap. VI. Pikish tribes, 218 ; Chap. VII. Pikish kingdom, 231 ; Chap. VIII. Catalogue of the Pikish kings, 280 ; Chap. IX. Extent of the Pikish dominions, 313 ; Chap. X. Pikish language, 339 ; Chap. XI. Manners of the Piks, 370 ; Chap. XII. Pikish antiquities in Scotland, 397 ; Appendix to Vol. I. ; Numb. I. Ptolemy’s geography of North Britain, collated with the Palatine MS. and with the Latin editions 1462 and 1490, 419 ; Numb. II. Extracts from the Notitia Imperii, and the anonymous Geographer of Ravenna, 428 ; Numb. III. Description of Caledonia, from Richard of Cirencester, 433 ; Numb. IV. Dio’s account of the expedition of Severus into Caledonia, 437 ; Numb. V. The fabulous account of Britain given by Procopius, 440 ; Numb. VI. Some passages in Adomnan’s life of Columba, omitted in the old printed copies, 445 ; Numb. VII. The contents of, and extracts from, the Register of St Andrews, 451 ; Numb. VIII. Contents of the French king’s MS., 471 ; Numb. IX. Collation of that MS. with the pieces published from it by Innes, 477 ; Numb. X. The first part of the Chronicon Pictorum, with the contractions, &c. of the original MS., 482 ; Numb. XI. The Chronicon Pictorum complete, collated with the MS., 490 ; Numb. XII. On the devotion to St Andrew among the Piks, from the same MS., 498 ; Numb. XIII. Versus de præstantia Regni Scotorum; from the same MS., 501 ; Numb. XIV. The origin of the Piks; extracted from the book of Ballymote, 503 ; Numb. XV. Pikish kings; from Lynche’s Cambrensis Eversus, 509 ; Numb. XVI. Commentary on an obscure passage in the Chronicon Rhythmicum, 510 ; Numb. XVII. Instrumentum possessionum Ecclesiæ Glasguensis, 516 ; Numb. XVIII. Kings of Northumbria, 519 ; Numb. XIX. Earls of Northumbria, 521 ; Two tables of Pikish kings, end.
sign.: REL-17-2-PINK-1I (BWK1)
Trefw.: geschiedenis, Schotland, Kelten

An enquiry into the history of Scotland, preceding the reign of Malcolm III. or the year 1056 : including the authentic history of that period : in two volumes ; 2
by John Pinkerton. – a new edition with corrections and additions. – Edinburgh : Bell & Bradfute ; William Laing ; Doig & Stirling ; William Blackwood ; And Oliphant, Waugh & Innes, 1814. – iv, 351, xxii, 247 p. ; 22 cm. – (An enquiry into the history of Scotland ; Vol. II)
Printed for James Ballantyne and Co. ; At end of Vol. 2, paged separately (xxii, 223 p.) : A dissertation on the origin and progress of the Scythians or Goths; being an introduction to the ancient and modern history of Europe. Published apart 1787, 8vo; with this Enquiry 1789 or 1794; and translated into French 1804, 8vo; under this title, Recherches sur l’Origine et les divers établissements des Scythes ou Goths, &c. Paris, de l’Imprimerie de la République, An. XII. ; Contents ; Volume second ; Part IV. The Dalriads ; Chap. I. Irish origins; and progress of the Dalriads from Ireland to North Britain, 3 ; Chap. II. The first colony of Old Scots in North Britain, under Riada, about the year 258, being the Dalreudini or Attacotti, 61 ; Chap. III. The second arrival of the Ancient Scots in Britain; and first establishment of the Dalriadic kingdom in 503, 88 ; Chap. IV. Extent of the kingdom of Dalriada, 96 ; Chap. V. Catalogue of the Dalriadic kings, 101 ; Chap. VI. Manners, language, antiquities, &c. of the Old British Scots, 139 ; Part V. Piks and Dalriads united ; Chap. I. Union of the Piks and Dalriads, 149 ; Chap. II. The kings, from 843 till 1056, 175 ; Chap. III. Extent of the united territories, during this period, from 843 till 1056, 205 ; Chap. IV. Origin of the name Scotland, 223 ; Chap. V. Manners and antiquities of this period, from 843 till 1056, 247 ; Part VI. Ecclesiastic and Literary History ; Chap. I. Ecclesiastic History, 259 ; Chap. II. Literary History, 274 ; Supplement. The Angles and the Norwegians ; Sect. I. The Angles, 285 ; Sect. II. The Norwegians. History of the Isles, 293 ; Appendix to Vol. II. ; Numb. I. Extracts from the Annals of Ulster, 307 ; Numb. II. The Albanic Duan, with translations, 321 ; Numb. III. The succession of Scotish kings, inserted in the Chronicle of Melrose; comprizing the Chronicon Elegiacum, 330 ; Numb. IV. Kings of Norway, 338 ; Numb. V. Kings of Denmark, 343 ; Numb. VI. Kings of Sweden, 346 ; Numb. VII. Earls of the Orkneys, 348 ; Numb. VIII. Some themes for dissertations on Scotish history, 350 ; Genealogy of kings, fronting, 352 ; Tables of kings, 354 ; Dissertation on the origin and progress of the Scythians, or Goths ; Index. – index.
sign.: REL-17-2-PINK-1II (BWK1)
Trefw.: geschiedenis, Schotland, Kelten

Polano, H.
The Talmud : selections from the contents of that ancient book, its commentaries, teachings, poetry and legends : also brief sketches of the men who made and commented upon it
translated from the original by H. Polano. – London and New York : Frederick Warne & Co, [1936]. – xi, 372 p. ; 19 cm.
sign.: REL-7-1-POLA-1
Trefw.: religie, jodendom, Talmud

Pope, A.
The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; 1: Memoir of Pope, with extracts from his correspondence
edited by Robert Carruthers ; illustrated by portraits and original design ; in four volumes. – London : Ingram, Cooke, and Co, 1853. – xiii, 347 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; Volume I: Memoir of Pope, with extracts from his correspondence) – appendix.
sign.: RAN-1-8-POPE-1I
Trefw.: gedichten, poezie

The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; 2
edited by Robert Carruthers ; illustrated by portraits and original design ; in four volumes. – London : Nathaniel Cooke, 1853. – viii, 296 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; Volume II)
sign.: RAN-1-8-POPE-1II
Trefw.: gedichten, poezie

The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; 3
edited by Robert Carruthers ; illustrated by portraits and original design ; in four volumes. – London : Nathaniel Cooke, 1853. – viii, 302, [2] p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; Volume III)
sign.: RAN-1-8-POPE-1III
Trefw.: gedichten, poezie

The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; 4
edited by Robert Carruthers ; illustrated by portraits and original design ; in four volumes. – London : Nathaniel Cooke, 1854. – v, [1], 314 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (The poetical works of Alexander Pope ; Volume IV) – index.
sign.: RAN-1-8-POPE-1IV
Trefw.: gedichten, poezie

Prel, C. du
The philosophy of mysticism ; 1
by Carl du Prel ; transl. from the German by C.C. Massey. – London : George Redway, 1889. – xxviii, 332 p. ; 23 cm. – (The philosophy of mysticism ; Vol I.)
Contents of vol. I: I. Introduction.—Science: its capability of development, p. 1 ; II. On the scientific importance of dream: 1. The positive side of the sleep-life, p. 27 ; 2. The confused dream, p. 38 ; 3. The relation of sleep to somnambulism, p. 44 ; 4. The metaphysical application of dream, p. 51 ; III. Dream a dramatist: 1. The transcendental measure of time, p. 87 ; 2. The dramatic sundering of the ego in dream: (a) The body, p. 112 ; (b) The mind, p. 122 ; (c) The human enigma, p. 133 ; IV. Somnambulism: 1. Natural somnambulism, p. 144 ; 2. Artificial somnambulism, p. 161 ; V. Dream a physician: 1. Dream-images as symbolical representation of bodily states, p. 191 ; 2. Diagnosis in the somnambulic sleep: (a) Self-inspection, p. 206 ; (b) The diagnosis of the diseases of others by somnambulists, p. 232 ; 3. The curative instinct in dream, p. 252 ; 4. The health-prescriptions of somnambulists, p. 280.
sign.: RAN-6-11-PREL-10I
Trefw.: religie, filosofie, mystiek, dromen, slapen, somnabulisme, metafysica, ego, tijd, diagnostiek, gezondheid

The philosophy of mysticism ; 2
by Carl du Prel ; transl. from the German by C.C. Massey. – London : George Redway, 1889. – [4], 332 p. ; 23 cm. – (The philosophy of mysticism ; Vol. II)
Contents of vol. II: I. The faculty of memory: 1. Reproduction, memory, recollection, p. 1 ; 2. The exaltation of memory in dream, p. 12 ; 3. The wealth of latent memory in dream, p. 25 ; 4. Exalted memory in somnambulism, p. 34 ; 5. Memory in the dying, p. 42 ; 6. The forgetfulness of somnambulists on waking, p. 50 ; 7. Alternating consciousness, p. 67 ; 8. The association of psychical states with ideas, p. 98 ; 9. Theory of memory, p. 107 ; II. The monistic doctrine of the soul: 1. The Janus-aspect of man, p. 116 ; 2. The transcendental subject, p. 130 ; 3. The dualism of consciousness, p. 166 ; 4. The bi-unity of man, p. 191 ; 5. Our place in the universe, p. 257 ; 6. Ethic, p. 292.
sign.: RAN-6-11-PREL-10II
Trefw.: religie, mystiek, filosofie, herinneringen, dromen, somnabulisme, sterven, bewustzijn, reïncarnatie, ziel, transcedentie, dualisme, universum, ethiek

Proctor, H.
The evolution of culture
by Henry Proctor. – London : L. N. Fowler & Co, 1913. – viii, 130, [6] p. : portr. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Prologue—The evolution of culture, p. 1 ; Part I—Introductory chapters ; Chapter I—Earth’s early ages, p. 7 ; Chapter II—Three great races, p. 13 ; Part II ; Chapter III—Culture of the Stone Age, p. 23 ; Chapter IV—The Biblical nations, p. 26 ; Chapter V—Egyptian culture, p. 33 ; Chapter VI—Chinese culture, p. 44 ; Part III—Introduction ; Chapter VII—The causes of advancement in culture, p. 55 ; Chapter VIII—The evolution of the art of writing, p. 57 ; Chapter IX—Egyptian writing, p. 62 ; Chapter X—Egyptian hieroglyphics and alphabetic origins, p. 65 ; Chapter XI—The Proto Alphabet, as the ancestor of modern European alphabets, p. 69 ; Chapter XII—The Hebrew alphabets: introduction, p. 71 ; Chapter XIII—The evolution of the Hebrew alphabets, p. 72 ; Chapter XIV—The Hebrew alphabet: the Square Character, p. 84 ; Part IV—The evolution of religion: natural and revealed ; Chapter XV—The Accadian religion, p. 91 ; Chapter XVI—The Egyptian Bible, p. 93 ; Chapter XVII—The evolution of revelation, p. 99 ; Chapter XVIII—The unity of revelation, p. 104 ; Chapter XIX—Parallel revelation, p. 109 ; Chapter XX—The crowning revelation, p. 115 ; Epilogue, p. 120. – notices and reviews.
sign.: REL-3-1-PROC-1
Trefw.: religie, antropologie, evolutie

Evolution of regeneration
by Henry Proctor. – London : L.N. Fowler & Co, 1911. – viii, 140, xxii, [2] p. : portr. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Prologue, p. 1 ; Lecture I—Pre-Adamic man, p. 3 ; Lecture II—Antiquity of man, p. 9 ; Lecture III—Human origins, p. 13 ; Lecture IV—Divine selection, p. 17 ; Lecture V—Evolution and Genesis, p. 22 ; Lecture VI—Creation by evolution, p. 29 ; Lecture VII—The Garden of Eden, p. 34 ; Lecture VIII—The Paradise of God, p. 39 ; Lecture IX—The sacred tree, p. 44 ; Lecture X—The tree of knowledge, p. 51 ; Lecture XI—Regeneration in the Pentateuch, p. 56 ; Lecture XII—The regeneration of the body, p. 61 ; Lecture XIII—The mastery of the body, p. 68 ; Lecture XIV—The vital fluid, p. 75 ; Lecture XV—Transmutation, p. 80 ; Lecture XVI—A great discovery, p. 84 ; Lecture XVII—Perfect health, p. 89 ; Lecture XVIII—The gospel of health, p. 94 ; Lecture XIX—Paradise regained, p. 102 ; Lecture XX—Fasting and diet, p. 110 ; Lecture XXI—Perpetual youth, p. 120 ; Lecture XXII—The British Esoteric Society, p. 128 ; Lecture XXIII—The esoteric life, p. 133 ; Epilogue, p. 139. – index.
sign.: REL-3-1-PROC-2
Trefw.: religie, antropologie, evolutie, regeneratie

Pryse, J.M.
Mystical California (read before the Brooklyn and the Aryan T.S. by John M. Pryse)
by John M. Pryse. – New York : Theosophical Society ; American Section, 1891. – 9 p. ; 20 cm. – (Department of Branch Work ; Paper No. 19, July, 1891)
sign.: THE-7-11-DEPA-19
Trefw.: theosofie, mystiek

Reincarnation in the New Testament
by James M. Pryse. – New York : Theosophical Society, 1904. – [2], 92, 4 p. ; 18 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-7-PRYS-1a
Trefw.: reïncarnatie, Christendom, bijbel, religie, godsdienst, kerk, Nieuwe Testament, evangeliën, theosofie

The Sermon on the Mount : and other extracts from the New Testament
a verbatim translation from the Greek with notes on the mystical or arcane sense by James M. Pryse. – New York : Elliott B. Page & Co, 1899. – [4], 80 p. ; 18 cm.
Contents ; Foreword, 1 ; Prefatory Note, 3 ; The Sermon on the Mount, 7 ; The Coming of the Christos, 32 ; The True Path of Power, 45 ; A Letter of Iakôbos, 53 ; A Letter of Ioudas, 71 ; The Service of Right-conduct, 78.
sign.: REL-6-9-PRYS-8
Trefw.: religie, christendom, esoterisch christendom

Rámanáthan, P.
The culture of the soul among western nations
by P. Rámanáthan ; prefatory note Myron H. Phelps. – New York and London : G.P. Putnam’s Sons ; The Knickerbocker Press, 1906. – vi, 262 p. ; 19 cm.
Contents ; Chapter I. On “faith” or love of God as a product of sound teaching, 1 ; Chapter II. On Scripture and its interpretation, 33 ; Chapter III. On the traditional oral interpretation of the Scriptures, and the disastrous consequences of its loss to Western nations, 57 ; Chapter IV. On the key of knowledge or the fundamental experiences of the sanctified in spirit, 83 ; Chapter V. On the law and the prophets of ancient Judea, 127 ; Chapter VI. On the teachings of the Psalmists, 167 ; Chapter VII. On the practical nature of the doctrines of Jesus as regards the conversion of self-love into perfect love, 195. – index.
sign.: REL-6-2-RAMA-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, geloof

Rhys Davids, T.W.
Dialogues of the Buddha
translated by T.W. Rhys Davids ; translated by various oriental scholars and edited by F. Max Müller . – 1st. – Oxford : Henry Frowde, Oxford Univeristy Press, London, 1899. – 334 p. ; 23 cm. – (Sacred Books of the Buddhists ; Dialogues of the Buddha ; Vol. II)
sign.: REL-12-1-RHYS-1
Trefw.: religie, boeddhisme, Boeddha, dialogen

Richardson, A.
Spirits of the stones : visions of sacred Britain
Alan Richardson. – London : Virgin Pulbishing, 2001. – xii, 270 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Acknowledgements, p. viii ; Foreword, p. xi ; Introduction, p. 1 ; 1. The Reverend Duke and the ancient Druids, p. 5 ; 2. The sacred hills, mounds and Silbury, p. 15 ; 3. Avebury and the stone circles of the Sun and Moon, p. 63 ; 4. Walker’s Hill, the inner orbit of Mercury and the spirits of the blissful dead, p. 95 ; 5. The inner orbit of Venus, the goddesses and the mysteries of women, p. 123 ; 6. The orbit of Mars, the place of the guardian spirits and the mysteries of men, p. 166 ; 7. The orbit of Jupiter, the people and their sacred wells, p. 195 ; 8. King Saturn, Stonehenge and the womb of time, p. 228 ; 9. A site-snooper’s glossary by Mike Harris, p. 253 ; Notes, p. 259 ; Bibliography, p. 263 ; Index, p. 265. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 0753504146
sign.: RAN-6-12-RICH-1
Trefw.: geomantie, oudheid, megalieten

Romilly Allen, J
The early Christian monuments of Scotland : a classified, illustrated, descriptive list of the monuments, with an analysis of their symbolism and ornamentation
by J. Romilly Allen. – Edinburgh : Printed for the Society of antiquaries of Scotland, by Neill & Co, 1903. – xvi, cxxii, 419, 522 p. : ill. ; 29 cm.
Part. 1: The early Christian monuments of Scotland, being (in substance) the Rhind lectures for 1892 / by Joseph Anderson ; Part 2: General results arrived at from the archaeological survey of the early Christian monuments of Scotland / by J. Romilly Allen ; Part 3: Archaeological survey and descriptive list, with illustrations, of the early Christian monuments of Scotland / by J. Romilly Allen ; “Only four hundred copies printed. This copy is no. 67 [signed] David Christison, John Abercromby, secretaries.”
sign.: RAN-4-3-ALLE-1
Trefw.: symboliek, bouwkunst, symbolische meetkunde, monumenten, Schotland, religie, christendom

Saunders, J.
A hermetic path to the stars : journeys of discovery in hermetic astrology
Janet Saunders. – Edinburgh : Hermes Books, 2018. – 109 p. : ill. ; 21 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. 5 ; Acknowledgements, p. 7 ; Part 1. Hermeticism and astrology ; 1. Engaging with the Hermetic sources, p. 11 ; 2. Hermeticism: historical context and key themes, p. 15 ; 3. Marsilio Ficino and his Hermetic astrological practice, p. 27 ; 4. Hermeticism, astrology and modern man, p. 42 ; Part 2. Journeys of discovery: towards creating a play, p. 61 ; Part 3. Playscript: the journey of the soul, p. 73 ; References, p. 95 ; Endnotes, p. 101. – references, endnotes.
ISBN 9780992723354
sign.: RAN-7-4-SAUN-1
Trefw.: astrologie, esoterische astrologie, hermetica

Savage, M.J.
Life beyond death : being a review of the world’s beliefs on the subject, a consideration of present conditions of thought and feeling, leading to the question as to whether it can be demonstrated as a fact, to which is added an appendix containing some hints as to personal experiences and opinions
by Minot Judson Savage. – London : G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1901. – xv, 336 p. ; 21 cm. – appendix, index.
sign.: RAN-6-1-SAVA-1
Trefw.: spiritisme, toekomstig leven, onsterfelijkheid, geloof, SPR

Sayce, A.H.
The archaeology of the Cuneiform Inscriptions
by the Rev. A.H. Sayce. – London : Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, 1907. – 220 p. : ill. ; 22 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. v ; I. The decipherment of the cuneiform inscriptions, p. 7 ; II. The archæological materials; the excavations at Susa and the origin of bronze, p. 36 ; III. The Sumerians, p. 67 ; IV. The relation of Babylonian to Egyptian civilization, p. 101 ; V. Babylonia and Palestine, p. 135 ; VI. Asia Minor, p. 160 ; VII. Canaan in the century before the Exodus, p. 187 ; Index, p. 215. – index.
sign.: REL-4-1-SAYC-4
Trefw.: religie, Egypte, archeologie, Cuneiform Inscriptions

Schucman, H.
A course in miracles ; 1: Text
[Helen Schucman]. – 16th pr. – Tiburon, CA : Foundation for Inner Peace, 1987. – [20], 622 p. ; 25 cm. – (A course in miracles ; Volume one: Text)
ISBN 0960638806
sign.: RAN-6-6-SCHU-1I
Trefw.: geïnspireerde leringen, spiritualiteit, tekstboeken, wonderen, cursussen, eenheid, ego, genezing, liefde, heilige geest, koninkrijk, god, schuld, waarheid, heiliging, droom, vrede, vergiffenis, gerechtigdheid

A course in miracles ; 2: Workbook for students
[Helen Schucman]. – 16th pr. – Tiburon, CA : Foundation for Inner Peace, 1987. – [12], 478 p. ; 25 cm. – (A course in miracles ; Volume two: Workbook for students)
sign.: RAN-6-6-SCHU-1II
Trefw.: geïnspireerde leringen, spiritualiteit, werkboeken, wonderen, cursussen, eenheid, ego, genezing, liefde, heilige geest, koninkrijk, god, schuld, waarheid, heiliging, droom, vrede, vergiffenis, gerechtigdheid

A course in miracles ; 3: Manual for teachers
[Helen Schucman]. – 16th pr. – Tiburon, CA : Foundation for Inner Peace, 1987. – [6], 88, [2] p. ; 25 cm. – (A course in miracles ; Volume three: manual for teachers)
sign.: RAN-6-6-SCHU-1III
Trefw.: geïnspireerde leringen, spiritualiteit, handleidingen, wonderen, cursussen, eenheid, ego, genezing, liefde, heilige geest, koninkrijk, god, schuld, waarheid, heiliging, droom, vrede, vergiffenis, gerechtigdheid

Scott, W.
The poetical works of Sir Walter Scott : with life
by Sir Walter Scott ; engravings on steel. – Edinburgh ; London : Gall & Inglis, [1870]?. – xvi, 624 p. : ill. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-1-8-SCOT-1
Trefw.: gedichten

Scott-Moncrieff, P.D.
Paganism and christianity in Egypt
by Philip David Scott-Moncrieff ; preface N. McLean. – Cambridge : At the University Press, 1913. – viii, 225 p. ; 20 cm.
Contents ; I. The Egyptian religion at the close of the Ptolemaic era, 1 ; II. The Egyptian religion at the beginning of the Third Century, 23 ; III. The beginnings of Christianity: literary evidence, 53 ; IV. The beginnings of Christianity: further literary and documentary evidence, 82 ; V. The beginnings of Christianity: archaeological evidence, 99 ; VI. Early Christian iconography in Egypt, 133 ; VII. Some aspects of Gnosticism: Pistis Sophia, 148 ; VIII. The Books of Ieou and other Gnostic fragments, 183 ; IX. The rise of Christian asceticism and monasticism, 198 ; Index, 220 ; Isis and Horus, frontispiece. – index.
sign.: REL-4-1-SCOT-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, paganisme, Egypte, heidendom

Seneca
The morals of Seneca : a selection of his prose
edited, introduction by Walter Clode. – London ; New York ; Toronto : Walter Scott ; Thomas Whittaker ; W.J. Gage & Co, 1888. – xiv, 280 p. ; 18 cm.
Contents: Of a happy life ; I. Of a happy life, and wherein it consists, p. 1 ; II. Human happiness is founded upon wisdom and virtue, p. 6 ; III. There can be no happiness without virtue, p. 11 ; IV. Philosophy is the guide of life, p. 20 ; V. The force of precepts, p. 28 ; VI. No felicity like peace of conscience, p. 37 ; VII. A good man can never be miserable, nor a wicked man happy, p. 42 ; VIII. The contemplation of Divine Providence is the certain cure of all misfortunes, p. 45 ; IX. Of levity of mind and other impediments of a happy life, p. 53 ; X. He that sets up his rest upon contingencies shall never be quiet, p. 61 ; XI. A sensual life is a miserable life, p. 67 ; XII. Avarice and ambition are insatiable and restless, p. 75 ; XIII. Hope and fear are the bane of human life, p. 82 ; XIV. It is according to the true or false estimate of things that we are happy or miserable, p. 87 ; XV. The blessings of temperance and moderation, p. 91 ; XVI. Constancy of mind gives a man reputation, and makes him happy in despite of all misfortune, p. 101 ; XVII. Our happiness depends in a great measure upon the choice of our company, p. 110 ; XVIII. The blessings of friendship, p. 116 ; XIX. He that would be happy must take an account of his time, p. 121 ; XX. Happy is the man that may choose his own business, p. 127 ; XXI. The contempt of death makes all the miseries of life easy to us, p. 133 ; XXII. Consolation against death, from the Providence and the necessity of it, p. 142 ; XXIII. Against immoderate sorrow for the death of friends, p. 146 ; XXIV. Poverty to a wise man is rather a blessing than a misfortune, p. 153 ; Letters and other extracts ; I. God in nature, p. 161 ; II. The divinity of man, p. 168 ; III. A virtuous life the only happy one, p. 171 ; IV. True riches, p. 184 ; V. Counsels against anger, p. 189 ; VI. Consolations against death, p. 199 ; VII. Loss of friends, p. 203 ; VIII. Consolations against old age, p. 207 ; IX. On the education of children, p. 211 ; X. How to behave towards servants, p. 214 ; XI. True nobility, p. 219 ; XII. Of travel, p. 221 ; XIII. Liberal education, p. 223 ; XIV. The employment of a quiet life, p. 246 ; XV. Against affectation, p. 251 ; XVI. On going into society, p. 254 ; XVII. The choice of books, p. 258 ; XVIII. Athletics, p. 261 ; XIX. Against lying in bed, p. 263 ; XX. Reflections upon Christmas Day, p. 269 ; XXI. Modern luxury—Scipio’s country house, p. 273 ; XXII. A complaint against complainers, p. 277. – appendix.
sign.: REL-4-5-SENE-1
Trefw.: religie, Grieken, Seneca, filosofie

Seth Pringle-Pattison, A.
Man’s place in the cosmos : and other essays
by A. Seth Pringle-Pattison. – 2nd ed., revised and enlarged. – Edinburgh and London : William Blackwood and Sons, 1902. – viii, 319, 4 p. ; 21 cm.
Contents: Man’s place in the cosmos — Professor Huxley on nature and man, p. 1 ; The present position of the philosophical sciences — An inaugural lecture, October 1891, p. 22 ; The “new” psychology and automatism — (a) Münsterberg’s analysis of will, p. 45 ; (b) Knowledge and activity, p. 81 ; A new theory of the absolute — Mr Bradley’s ‘Appearance and Reality’, p. 92 ; Mr Balfour and his critics, p. 159 ; Note A. The use of the term “naturalism”, p. 203 ; Note B. The legitimacy of the argument from consequences, p. 214 ; The venture of theism, p. 218 ; The life and opinions of Friedrich Nietzsche, p. 254.
sign.: RAN-2-1-PRIN-1
Trefw.: filosofie, wetenschap, kosmos

Sethna, T.R.
The teachings of Zarathushtra, the prophet of Iran, on how to think and succeed in life
by T.R. Sethna ; with Gathas in Roman script, reprinted. – 2nd ed., rev. and enl. – Karachi, Pakistan : T.R. Sethna, 1978. – viii, 182 p. : ill., chart. ; 23 cm.
Contents ; Preface to the 2nd edition ; Preface to the 1st edition ; Key to Pronunciation ; Introduction ; Corrigenda ; The Teachings of Zarathushtra ; Part I ; Gatha Text and Translations ; Gatha Ahunavad ; Gatha Ushtavad ; Gatha Spentomad ; Gatha Vohu Khshathra ; Gatha Vahishtoisht ; Summary of Gatha Teachings ; Part II ; Short Notes on certain words used in the Gathas ; Spenta Mainyu and Angre Mainyu ; Vohumano or Good Thought ; Asha Vahishta—Best Righteousness ; Khshthra Vairya or Divine Power or Moral Courage ; Spenta Armaiti—Divine Wisdom ; Haurvatat—Self Realization ; Ameretatat—Immortality ; Sarosha ; Daevas ; Part III ; Zoroastrian rituals and customs ; Initiation in the religion ; Prayers 5 times a day ; Marriage ceremony ; Death ceremonies ; Life after death ; Ceremonies for the dead ; Atash Kadehs ; Behaviour towards opponents ; One has to live a healthy life ; Should Parsis inter-marry? ; Life is for enjoyment ; No caste system ; No need for a mediator ; Is there rebirth? ; Names of days after God’s moral and material creation ; Roze-e-Rastakhiz or Day of Resurrection ; Gahambar festivals ; Appendices ; I. A note on the Parsi Calendar ; II. Charity ; III. Education. – appendices.
sign.: REL-15-1-SETH-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster

Sewall, F.
Swedenborg and the ‘Sapentia Angelica’
by Frank Sewall. – London : Constable & Company, 1910. – vi, 128 p. ; 18 cm. – (Philosophies ancient and modern) – appendix, biographies, bibliography.
sign.: REL-6-10-SEWA-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, mystiek, Emanuel Swedenborg

Seyffert, O.
A dictionary of classical antiquities, mythology, religion, literature & art
from the German of Dr. Oskar Seyffert ; revised and edited, with additions, by Henry Nettleship, J.E. Sandys. – 3rd ed. – London : William Glaisher, 1894. – vi, 716 p. : ill. ; 28 cm.
With more than 450 illustrations – general index, index to illustrations.
sign.: REL-3-1-SEYF-1
Trefw.: mythologie, religie, literatuur, kunst

Sinnett, A.P.
Collected fruits of occult teaching
by A.P. Sinnett. – 2nd impr. – London : Fisher Unwin, 1920. – 307 p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-2c
Trefw.: theosofie, universum, toekomstig leven en levens, religie, occultisme, meesters, bewustzijn, schakels, astrale wereld, pyramide’s, Stonehenge, wetten, Theosofisch Genootschap, astronomie, wetenschap, archeologie, poezie

Esoteric buddhism
by A.P. Sinnett. – London : Trubner & Co., Ludgate Hill, 1883. – xx, 215, 80 p. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. Esoteric teachers: Nature of the present exposition—Seclusion of Eastern knowledge—The Arhats and their attributes—The Mahatmas—Occultists generally—Isolated mystics—Inferior Yogis—Occult training—The great purpose—Its incidental consequences—Present concessions, p. 1 ; II. The constitution of man: Esoteric cosmogony—Where to begin—Working back from man to universe—Analysis of man—The seven principles, p. 17 ; III. The planetary chain: Esoteric views of evolution—The chain of globes—Progress of man round them—The spiral advance—Original evolution of the globes—The lower kingdoms, p. 29 ; IV. The world periods: Uniformity of nature—Rounds and races—The septenary law—Objective and subjective lives—Total incarnations—Former races on Earth—Periodic cataclysms—Atlantis—Lemuria—The cyclic law, p. 45 ; V. Devachan: Spiritual destinies of the ego—Karma—Division of the principles at death—Progress of the higher duad—Existence in Devachan—Subjective progress—Avitchi—Earthly connection with Devachan—Devachanic periods, p. 66 ; VI. Kama loca: The astral shell—Its habitat—Its nature—Surviving impulses—Elementals—Mediums and shells—Accidents and suicides—Lost personalities, p. 90 ; VII. The human tide-wave: Progress of the main wave—Obscurations—Twilight and dawn of evolution—Our neighbouring planets—Gradations of spirituality—Prematurely developed egos—Intervals of re-incarnation, p. 108 ; VIII. The progress of humanity: The choice of good or evil—The second half of evolution—The decisive turning-point—Spirituality and intellect—The survival of the fittest—The sixth sense—Development of the principles in their order—The subsidence of the unfit—Provision for all—The exceptional cases—Their scientific explanation—Justice satisfied—The destiny of failures—Human evolution reviewed, p. 122 ; IX. Buddha: The esoteric Buddha—Re-incarnations of Adepts—Buddha’s incarnation—The seven Buddhas of the great races—Avalokiteshwara—Addi Buddha—Adeptship in Buddha’s time—Sankaracharya—Vedantin doctrines—Tsong-ka-pa—Occult reforms in Tibet, p. 140 ; X. Nirvana: Its remoteness—Preceding gradations—Partial Nirvana—The threshold of Nirvana—Nirvana—Para Nirvana—Buddha and Nirvana—Nirvana attained by Adepts—General progress towards Nirvana—Conditions of its attainment—Spirituality and religion—The pursuit of truth, p. 160 ; XI. The universe: The days and nights of Brahma—The various Manvantaras and Pralayas—The solar system—The universal Pralaya—Recommencement of evolution—“Creation”—The great first cause—The eternal cyclic process, p. 171 ; XII. The doctrine reviewed: Correspondences of the esoteric doctrine with visible nature—Free will and predestination—The origin of evil—Geology, biology, and the esoteric teaching—Buddhism and scholarship—The origin of all things—The doctrine as distorted—The ultimate dissolution of consciousness—Transmigration—The soul and the spirit—Personality and individuality—Karma, p. 185.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-4i (BWK1)

by A.P. Sinnett. – 7th ed., annotated and enlarged. – London : Chapman & Hall, 1892. – xxiii, 248, 40 p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-4j
Trefw.: theosofie, esoterie, boeddhisme, esoterische boeddhisme, leraren, mahatma-brieven, occultisme, samenstelling van de mens, heelal, planeetketen, bollen, wereldtijdperken, ronden en rassen, reïncarnatie, Atlantis, devachan, karma, dood, kama-loka, elementa…

The growth of the soul : a sequel to “Esoteric Buddhism”
by A.P. Sinnett. – London, New York, Benares : The Theosophical Publishing Society, 1896. – xv, 454 p. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. Introductory: The progress of Theosophic knowledge—Super-physical research—Expansion of Theosophic literature—Its bearing on the problems of life—Advanced evolution in some cases to be expected—Nature of effective testimony on occult matters—The volume of evidence now available—Witnesses to the truth amongst us—Earlier evidence now enlarged—The divinity latent in man—Its development as evolution proceeds, p. 1 ; II. Occult science and religion: Theosophy in harmony with essential religious ideas—The uncertainties of modern thought in spite of religious teaching—The exactitudes of Theosophic interpretation—The methods of research in spiritual science—True meanings of misunderstood dogmas, p. 33 ; III. Re-incarnation: The root idea of evolution—The nature of the proof offered—The only theory that suits the facts—The true doctrine cleared of misrepresentation—The law of Karma—Heredity and assimilation—Necessary exhaustion of ordinary memory—Logical certainties of pre-existence—Inequalities of life accounted for—No “accidents of birth”—The world-wide acceptance of the doctrine—Buddhist teaching on the subject—Absurd misunderstanding thereof by many western writers—Some Buddhist symbolism explained—Re-incarnation recognized in Christianity—References to it in the Gospels—The certain knowledge concerning Re-incarnation of the occult disciple, p. 51 ; IV. The Higher Self: Crudity of conventional ideas concerning the soul—The spiritual part of the super-physical man—Gradual involvement of the spiritual soul in a child—The growth of the Higher Self the purpose of life—The working of the Higher Self in waking consciousness—Its identity through successive incarnations—Its disregard of minor experiences—The scope of its evolution—Perverted version of the teaching—Higher consciousness embraces lower—The rewards of lower self merit—Relations of Higher and Lower Self, p. 88 ; V. Free will and Karma: The theories of necessity and free will—Cleared up by Re-incarnation and Karma—The pressure of Karma on action—Concurrent freedom of thought—Bearing of this on the Karma of the act—Thought forces in connection with good acts—Dangers of a half comprehension of the law—Progress of emancipation from necessity—Complications of inter-blended Karma—Re-adjustments—The Lords of Karma—Distribution of consciousness—The predestination idea, p. 122 ; VI. The seven principles: The different vehicles of consciousness—Enumeration of the principles—Etheric matter—Jiva free and specialized—The true astral body—Reflection of consciousness in the higher vehicles—The true individual Man—The Karana Sharira—The Aura—Its various elements—The magnetic shell—Colouring of the Aura, p. 154 ; VII. The astral plane: The super-physical not necessarily spiritual—European and Sanscrit terms—Different aspects of the astral plane—The newly “dead”—Astral matter—Visibility of thoughts—Astral plane inhabitants—Their control—The sub-divisions of the Astral plane—As viewed after death—The matter of the sub-planes—The corresponding condition of the fourth principle—Consciousness on the sub-planes, p. 174 ; VIII. The elementals: Mediæval terms—Physical forces in their elemental aspect—Elemental forces subject to will—Beginnings of elemental evolution—The three kingdoms of elementals—Cross classifications—Elemental forms—Elementals of good and evil efficiency, p. 195 ; IX. The spiritual plane: Conceptions of Heaven—Infinite resources of spiritual planes—Responsive to soul growth—The self-centred Heaven of undeveloped souls—Necessity for the subjective vision—The response of Devachan to thirst for knowledge—The limitations of this world’s Heaven—Progress in Heaven—Its loftiest aspect—Religious expectations; their subjective realization—Spiritual consciousness during earth life—The resources of Devachan for the initiate—The forces of the different planes—The work to be done on the spiritual plane—Influencing dis-incarnate souls—The sub-planes of Devachan—What Devachan “looks like”—Light and colour—The Arupa planes, p. 214 ; X. The system to which we belong: Planetary chains, rounds, and Manvantaras—Prospects of the second half of the Manvantara—Other schemes in the solar system besides ours—The system as a whole—The nebular theory confirmed—The origin of our nebula—Condensation of atomic ether—The various schemes—Planetary reconstructions—Influence of schemes on one another—The last Manvantara of our scheme—The various classes of Pitris—Corresponding divisions of our own humanity—Other evolutions connected with the solar system—The Deva evolution, p. 250 ; XI. The elder brethren of humanity: Outstripping normal evolution—The necessity that some should do this—The magnitude of the achievement—The possibilities of selfish advancement—The range of the path of service—Its earliest disciples—The impulse of fifth race improvement—The motives for an upward struggle—Ordinary human suffering and adept sympathy—The Divine government of the world and its ministers, p. 293 ; XII. The ancient mysteries: Egyptian and Greek initiations—Current authorities on the subject—The evident reality of their purpose—The explanation of secrecy—Further motives for reserve in the Middle Ages, p. 322 ; XIII. The Theosophy of the Middle Ages: The Alchemical disguise—The spiritual purpose of Alchemy—The motives with which the real Alchemists wrote—Their sordid imitators—The real Alchemists aspirants for Adeptship—The powers they incidentally acquired—Their chemical symbology—Its Hermetic origin—Illustrations from Alchemical writers, p. 338 ; XIV. Initiation in the present day: The avenues of initiation still open—Visible Temples not necessary—Old secrecy broken down—Motives for a more open policy—Dangers of progress in knowledge unaccompanied by spiritual growth—Those who are ready—Understanding required as well as moral fitness—Mental powers and psychic gifts—The conservation of energy on the moral plane—Normal and abnormal re-incarnation—Immediate re-incarnation—Its sacrifices and advantages, p. 361 ; XV. The probationary path: The door open to all who knock—Self preparation; the appeal required—The attributes and qualifications to be developed—The greater initiations, p. 396 ; XVI. Irregular psychic progress: Natural born faculties—Mediumship—Psychic faculties unaccompanied by spiritual development—Their dangers—A blessing or a curse—Legitimately earned psychic faculty—The spiritualistic development—Its real promotors, p. 427 ; XVII. Individuality: The genesis and destinies of individuality—The immensity of the task involved in its evolution—The preparation of monadic essence—Animal instinct—The focalisation of consciousness—The touch with Atma-Buddhi—The spiritual purpose of the whole system—The “Sacrifice” of the Logos, p. 441.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-38a

by A.P. Sinnett. – 3rd and revised ed. – London : The Theosophical Publishing House, 1918. – xv, 389 p. : plate. ; 20 cm.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-38d
Trefw.: theosofie, inleiding, occulte wetenschap en godsdienst, evolutie, wedergeboorte, reïncarnatie (p. 51-87), hoger zelf, vrije wil en karma, zeven beginselen, astraal gebied, elementalen, geestelijk gebied, zonnestelsel, oudere broeders, mysteriën, middelee…

Nature’s mysteries
by A.P. Sinnett. – London and Benares : The Theosophical Publishing Society, 1901. – 184, [8] p. ; 20 cm.
Contents: I. Works and wonders of science, p. 9 ; II. The infinitely little, p. 20 ; III. Some higher faculties of consciousness, p. 26 ; IV. The age of the world, p. 31 ; V. The story of Atlantis, p. 39 ; VI. The bequests of Atlantis, p. 47 ; VII. Astronomy ancient and modern, p. 55 ; VIII. Neglected phases of astronomy, p. 63 ; IX. The mystery of force, p. 72 ; X. Foretelling the future, p. 80 ; XI. Behind the scenes of nature, p. 89 ; XII. Strange tales and their meaning, p. 97 ; XIII. More strange tales, p. 105 ; XIV. “Miraculous” (?) cures, p. 113 ; XV. The sensitive and the “O.P.”, p. 121 ; XVI. Photographing the unseen, p. 128 ; XVII. The divining rod, p. 136 ; XVIII. The use and abuse of spiritualism, p. 144 ; XIX. How not to investigate, p. 152 ; XX. Palmistry, p. 161 ; XXI. Occult powers, p. 169 ; XXII. The purposes of occult study, p. 177.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-12b
Trefw.: theosofie, wetenschap, atlantis, astronomie, voorspellingen, natuur, occultisme, handlijnkunde, onzichtbare werelden, spiritisme, verhalen, bewustzijn

The occult world
by A.P. Sinnett. – 3rd ed. – London : Trubner and Co, 1883. – xiv, 140, 80 p. ; 18 cm.
Contents: Introduction, p. 1 ; Occultism and its Adepts, p. 11 ; The Theosophical Society, p. 20 ; Recent Occult Phenomena, p. 30 ; Teachings of Occult Philosophy, p. 105 ; Conclusion, p. 118.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-40e
Trefw.: theosofie, occultisme, adepten, Theosofische Vereniging, filosofie, mahatma-brieven, H.P. Blavatsky, hypnose

The pyramids and Stonehenge
by A.P. Sinnett. – 3rd ed. 1958, repr. – London ; Adyar, Madras, India ; Wheaton, Ill., U.S.A. : The Theosophical Publishing House, 1970. – 27 p. ; 22 cm.
Two lectures delivered before The Theosophical Society, London, in 1892-93 and now reprinted in 1958 in respose to repeated requests arising out of modern interest in the Pyramids, Stonehenge and also Atlantis. Their value is felt to lie in the text as originally given, and no attempt has therefore been made to revise them
ISBN 0722952503
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-41b
Trefw.: theosofie, pyramides, mysteriën, Kelten, Stonehenge, Engeland, Egypte, religie, tijd, mensen, Atlantis, occultisme, beschavingen, adepten, natuur, kennis, geschiedenis woordindex – able 6 about 13 above 2 absurd 2 absurdity 2 accompanied 2 accom…

Super-physical science
by A.P. Sinnett. – London : Theosophical Publishing House, 1924. – 235, [5] p. ; 19 cm.
Contents: I. Introduction, p. 11 ; II. Humanity and the Divine Hierarchy, p. 22 ; III. The growth of humanity, p. 40 ; IV. Life between lives, p. 70 ; V. The Solar System, p. 99 ; VI. The Sirian Cosmos, p. 115 ; VII. Form, life and consciousness, p. 123 ; VIII. The path of initiation, p. 132 ; IX. The Human Aura, p. 147 ; X. The Ethers, p. 154 ; XI. Elementals and Devas, p. 164 ; XII. The future of the century, p. 176 ; XIII. The Brotherhood of Sacrifice, p. 197 ; XIV. The super-physical aspect of sex, p. 208 ; XV. The Animal Kingdom, p. 224. – index.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-16a
Trefw.: theosofie, wetenschap, hiërarchie, mensheid, leven tussen levens, zonnestelsel, kosmos, bewustzijn, pad, inwijding, aura, ether, elemetalen, deva’s, toekomst, broederschap, sexe, dierenrijk, karma, reïncarnatie

Skinner, J.R.
Key to the Hebrew-Egyptian Mystery in the source of measures originating the British inch and the ancient cubit by which was built the great pyramid of Egypt and the temple of Solomon; and trough the possession and use of which, man, assuming to realize the creative law of the deity, set forth in a mystery, among the Hebrews called kabbala
by J. Ralston Skinner. – Philadelphia : David McKay Company, 1875. – XVI, 324, 63 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Table of contents ; Introduction ; Quadrature of the Circle by John A. Parker ; Reflections on the Quadrature by Mr. Parker ; Problem of Three Revolving Bodies by Mr. Parker ; The possibility on Mr. Parker’s forms of raising a co-ordinating unit of measure ; The ansated cross of the Egyptians, and the Christian cross, the emblematic display of the origin of measures ; Primordial vestiges of these symbols ; British system of long and land measures, inclusive of an occult system of time measures ; Introduction to construction of Great Pyramid ; Standard measures of the Pyramid ; Effect of putting the Pyramid in a sphere ; The Temple of Solomon ; Introduction to Appendices ; Appendix I ; Appendix II ; Appendix III ; Appendix IV ; Appendix V. The Flood and the Ark of Noah, with their strange Kabbalistic Biblical relations ; Appendix VI ; Appendix VII ; Conclusion of Appendices. – supplement, appendices.
sign.: RAN-8-4-SKIN-1a (BWK1)
Trefw.: esoterie, kabbala, mystiek, pyramides, geometrie, Egypte, geometrie, symbolische meetkunde

Skrine, F.H.
Bahaism : the religion of brotherhood, and its place in the evolution of creeds
by Francis Henry Skrine. – London, New York, Bombay, and Calcutta : Longmans, Green, and Co, 1912. – 72 p. : portr. ; 19 cm.
Synopsis: Introduction, p. 9 ; Religion defined, p. 13 ; Magic its cradle, p. 14 ; Animism, ancestor-worship, and totemism, p. 14 ; Polytheism, p. 15 ; A state religion, p. 16 ; Theology, p. 17 ; Revelation, p. 18 ; Formation of a priestly caste, p. 19 ; Monotheism, dualism, and pantheism, p. 20 ; Struggle between priests and warriors, p. 21 ; Its results discredit the cause of religion, p. 22 ; Province of the state, p. 23 ; Mysticism, p. 24 ; A reformation, p. 26 ; Mysticism in Indian philosophy, p. 27 ; Buddhism, p. 29 ; Fate or free-will?, p. 32 ; Mysticism in ancient Greece and Rome, p. 33 ; The coming of Islam, p. 35 ; Defects of Islamic theology, p. 36 ; Sufism, p. 38 ; Etymology of “Sufi”, p. 39 ; Tenets of Sufism, p. 41 ; Sufism the inspirer of Persian poesy, p. 42 ; Mediæval mysticism, p. 44 ; The Reformation, p. 45 ; Gospels of Chaitanya and Tulsi Dása, p. 47 ; Bábism, p. 50 ; Developed by Baha ’Ullah, p. 51 ; Tenets of Bahaism, p. 53 ; Its divergence from Sufism, p. 54 ; Its idealism, p. 56 ; And salient tendencies, p. 57 ; Baha ’Ullah’s successor, ’Abdul Baha, p. 58 ; Will Bahaism live?, p. 59 ; Volcanic conditions throughout the world; domestic unrest, p. 61 ; And international anarchy, p. 62 ; Idealism is abroad, the soil is ready for the sower, p. 65 ; Summary, p. 67 ; Appendix: Address by ’Abdul Baha to some Parisian friends, p. 69. – appendix.
sign.: REL-9-1-SKRI-1
Trefw.: religie, Bahai, broederschap

Soltau, W.
The birth of Jesus Christ
by Wilhelm Soltau ; translated from the German by Maurice A. Canney. – London : Adam & Charles Black, 1903. – [6], 83, [4] p. ; 18 cm.
Contents ; Introduction (sects. 1–4), 1 ; Need and importance of criticism (sects. 5–7), 10 ; Birth-place and family of Jesus (sects. 8–10), 14 ; ‘Special history’ of childhood (sect. 11), 26 ; Development of story (sects. 12–14), 28 ; Heathen analogies for certain details (sect. 15 f.), 34 ; Conclusion as to narratives (sect. 17), 49 ; Retrospect (sect. 18), 52 ; Conclusion; general and practical (sect. 19 f.), 57 ; Appendix, 67. – appendix.
sign.: REL-6-4-SOLT-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Jezus, geschiedenis

Splendour
The splendour of God : being extracts from the sacred writings of the Bahais
introduction by Eric Hammond. – London : John Murray, 1909. – 124 p. ; 17 cm. – (The wisdom of the East series)
sign.: REL-9-1-SPLE-1
Trefw.: religie, Bahai, Pad, poort, drempel, Bahai, broederschap, profeten, priesters, liefde, vrijheid, eenheid, kennis, wijsheid, waarheid

Sprague, S.
A year with the Bahais in India and Burma
by Sydney Sprague. – 2nd ed. – London : The Priory Press, 1908?. – x, 53, 16 p. ; 21 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. vii ; Akka, p. 1 ; From Port Said to Bombay, p. 12 ; Bombay, p. 15 ; Rangoon, p. 21 ; Mandalay, p. 31 ; Rangoon again, p. 42 ; Aligarh and Delhi, p. 46 ; Lahore, p. 49.
sign.: REL-9-1-SPRA-1
Trefw.: religie, Bahai

Streit, J.
Sun and cross : the development from Megalithic culture to early Christianity in Ireland
Jakob Streit ; translated by Hugh Latham. – Edinburgh : Floris Books, 1977. – 223 p. : ill. ; 25 cm.
Contents: References, p. 8 ; Photographic acknowledgements, p. 8 ; Foreword, p. 9 ; Sun stones of the megalithic culture ; 1. Megalithic cult centres, p. 11 ; 1.1 The menhir, p. 12 ; 1.2 The sacred way, p. 16 ; 1.3 Stone circles and cromlechs, p. 21 ; 1.4 Dolmens, graves, cults of the dead, p. 24 ; 2. The sun in pre-Christian signs and symbols, p. 27 ; 2.1 The idea of a symbol, p. 27 ; 2.2 The central stone in the tumulus of Slieve na Caillighe, p. 28 ; The entrance, p. 29 ; the central stone, p. 31 ; the sun motif, p. 31 ; the comb motif, p. 32 ; the zigzag motif, p. 33 ; the ladder motif, p. 34 ; the bowl motif, p. 34 ; 2.3 Sun symbols in Newgrange, p. 36 ; 2.4 The sun stone at Tully, p. 45 ; 2.5 Motifs at Knowth, p. 45 ; 2.6 Drill holes and cup stones, p. 48 ; 3. The secrets of the spirals, p. 51 ; 3.1 Pre-Christian sun spirals, p. 53 ; From Celtic to early Christian culture ; 4. The original population of Ireland, p. 56 ; 4.1 Celtic invasion, p. 58 ; 4.2 Ireland at the time of the birth of Christ, p. 61 ; 4.3 Some motifs from Celtic mythology, p. 62 ; 4.4 Celtic annual festivals, p. 63 ; 5. The beginning of Old Irish Christianity, p. 65 ; 5.1 Precedents in Celtic mythology, p. 65 ; 5.2 Had the Eastern Church any part?, p. 66 ; 5.3 The appearance of Pelagius, the Irishman, in Southern Europe, p. 67 ; 5.4 On the problem of Patrick, p. 68 ; 5.5 Myths and sagas: their evidence on the questions of origin, p. 68 ; 5.6 Occult research, p. 69 ; 5.7 Christianity before Patrick, p. 69 ; 6. The tradition of the Nordic bards and its transformation into Christian forms, p. 71 ; 6.1 Druid elements, p. 74 ; 6.2 Ancient Irish bards in new Celtic collections, p. 76 ; 7. The hymns of Old Irish Christianity, p. 86 ; 7.1 The hymns and liturgies, p. 86 ; 8. Monks and monasteries, p. 93 ; 8.1 Skellig Michael, the island monastery in the Atlantic, p. 94 ; 8.2 Other monasteries, p. 95 ; 8.3 Art, language and scholarship in monastic culture, p. 99 ; The monastic ideal, p. 102 ; the churches, p. 103 ; the round towers, p. 105 ; 9. From the pre-Christian to the Christian cross, p. 108 ; 9.1 Pre-Christian cross motifs, p. 108 ; 9.2 Sun discs, p. 109 ; 9.3 The Christ sun disc of Linton, p. 110 ; 9.4 Early Christian sun crosses, p. 111 ; 9.5 The lozenge (rhomboid) motif, p. 117 ; 9.6 Belief in the old gods, and the new revelation, p. 121 ; 10. Main themes of the sun crosses, p. 124 ; 10.1 On the wealth of symbols: a digression, p. 124 ; 10.2 Twisted braid themes, p. 125 ; 10.3 The symbolic meaning of the braid motif, p. 136 ; 10.4 Main themes on illustrated crosses, p. 141 ; 10.5 The figure of Christ on stone crosses, p. 142 ; 10.6 Examples of illustrated crosses, p. 143 ; The tower cross of Kells, p. 143 ; the south cross at Castledermot (County Kildare), p. 146 ; the high cross at Moone (County Kildare), p. 149 ; the stele at Drumcliff (County Donegal), p. 152 ; the stele at Inishkeel (County Donegal), p. 152 ; the stele of St Mura at Fahan Mura, p. 154 ; sanctuary, p. 154 ; The spread of Irish Christianity on the Continent ; 11. Pelagius, an early Irish missionary, p. 157 ; 11.1 The ‘Perrine’ and the ‘Johannine’ path, p. 158 ; 11.2 Appearance in Rome, p. 158 ; 11.3 The theology of Pelagius, p. 159 ; His writings, p. 159 ; the meaning of Christ, p. 160 ; the nature of Man, p. 160 ; the man who despises grace, p. 160 ; 11.4 Augustine against Pelagius, p. 161 ; 11.5 The encounter between the two contestants, p. 162 ; 11.6 Pelagius in Jerusalem, p. 162 ; 11.7 Rome as the final court of appeal, p. 164 ; 12. Patrick in the twilight of history and legend, p. 168 ; 13. Irish missionaries, p. 173 ; 13.1 Ninian: the first contact with Rome, p. 174 ; 13.2 Columba (Columcille), p. 174 ; 13.3 Fridolin, p. 176 ; 13.4 On the Continent, p. 177 ; 14. Columbanus, p. 179 ; 14.1 Columbanus’ plight brought about by the Gallic bishops, p. 181 ; 14.2 Columbanus and the Merovingians, p. 183 ; 14.3 On Lake Constance, p. 187 ; 14.4 Columbanus in Italy, p. 188 ; 14.5 The ‘Monastic Rule’, p. 189 ; 15. Missionaries in Switzerland, p. 192 ; 15.1 After Columbanus’ death, p. 193 ; 16. The dispute between Rome and Ireland, p. 195 ; 16.1 Gregory I, the mission to the Angles, p. 195 ; 16.2 The Synod of Whitby in 664 and its results, p. 197 ; 17. Boniface and the destruction of the Celtic Church in Germany, p. 201 ; 17.1 The missionary bishop, p. 202 ; 17.2 The archbishop, p. 204 ; 17.3 Legate from Germania, p. 204 ; 17.4 Pope Zacharias and Boniface, p. 205 ; 17.5 Concilium Germanicum, p. 206 ; 17.6 The last years, p. 207 ; 18. A late flowering: John Scotus Erigena, p. 209 ; 19. Invasions in early and later Christian times, p. 211 ; Epilogue, p. 213 ; Bibliography, p. 215 ; Index, p. 220 – bibliography, index.
ISBN 0863150101
sign.: REL-17-2-STRE-2

Taraporewala, I.J.S.
The religion of Zarathushtra
by Irach Jehengir Sorabji Taraporewala. – Adyar, Madras, India : Theosophical Publishing House, 1926. – ix, 180 p. ; 17 cm.
Contents ; Foreword ; I. The Āryans of Old Irān ; II. The Prophet ; III. The Path of Asha ; IV. Good and Evil ; V. The Religion of Action ; VI. The “Holy Immortals” ; VII. The Adorable Ones ; VIII. Some Zoroastrian Ceremonies and Customs ; IX. The Past and the Future of the Zoroastrian Religion ; Appendix: Some Selections from the Avesta.
sign.: REL-15-1-TARA-1
Trefw.: religie, zoroaster, Zarathustra, theosofie

Tennyson, A.L.
The works of Alfred Lord Tennyson
Alfred Lord Tennyson, poet laureate. – repr. – London ; New York : MacMillan and Co ; The MacMillan Company, 1898. – viii, 900, [2] p. : portr. ; 18 cm. – index.
sign.: RAN-1-8-TENN-1
Trefw.: gedichten

Tio Bellido, R.
Kandinsky
Ramon Tio Bellido ; translated by Jane Brenton. – reprint. – Paris : Fernand Hazan, 1988. – 138, [6] p. : ill. ; 31 cm.
On cover: The Masterworks – short bibliography, chronology, photograph credits, list of illustrations.
sign.: RAN-1-2-KAND-8
Trefw.: kunst, Wassily Kandinsky, theosofie

Tolstoy, L
Patriotism and Christianity
by Leo Tolstoy. – London : William Reeves, 1896. – 54 p. ; 18 cm. – (Bijou Library ; No. 5)
sign.: REL-6-2-TOLS-2
Trefw.: religie, christendom

Toulson, S.
The Celtic alternative : the Christianity we lost
Shirley Toulson. – repr. – London, Sydney, Auckland, Johannesburg : Rider, 1996. – vii, 177 p. : ill. ; 20 cm.
Contents: Acknowledgements, p. vii ; Prologue, p. 1 ; Part one. The source ; 1. The Druids, p. 15 ; 2. The Jews, p. 26 ; 3. The Copts, p. 35 ; Part two. The work ; 4. Scribes and artists, p. 47 ; 5. Peace with nature, p. 58 ; 6. Brigid, p. 70 ; 7. The white martyrdom, p. 80 ; Part three. Places ; 8. The desert, p. 95 ; 9. Monasteries, p. 112 ; 10. Holy springs and wells, p. 124 ; 11. Pilgrims and pilgrimages, p. 136 ; Epilogue, p. 147 ; Bibliography, p. 155 ; Appendix, p. 161 ; Selected chronological index, p. 176. – bibliography, appendix, selected chronological index.
ISBN 0712614788
sign.: REL-17-2-TOUL-1
Trefw.: religie, Kelten, christendom

Tutin, J.R.
A spirit’s idea of happiness
preface J.R. Tutin. – London : Nichols & Co, 1898. – 344, 29 p. ; 20 cm.
Also: Ghosts : by a ghost through a writing-medium / made public by J.R. Tutin
sign.: RAN-6-1-TUTI-1
Trefw.: spiritisme, geluk

Tytler, W.
An inquiry, historical and critical, into the evidence against Mary Queen of Scots : And an examination of the histories of Dr Robertson and Mr Hume, with respect to that evidence
2nd ed., with additions. – Edinburgh : Printed for W. Drummond : Sold by him and the other Booksellers in that city, Edinburgh, And at London by W. Owen, T. Longman, T. Becket and D. Wilson, 1767. – xv, [1], 325, [1], 29, [1] p. ; 21 cm.
Pages xi-xv, 1-2 missing
sign.: RAN-9-1-TYTL-1 (BWK1)
Trefw.: Schotland, Queen Mary, geschiedenis, Engeland

Upward, A.
The discovery of the dead
by Allen Upward. – London : A.C. Fifield, 1910. – 190, 16 p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-1-UPWA-1
Trefw.: spiritisme, parapsychologie

Various Writers
Reminiscences of Colonel H.S. Olcott
by Various Writers ; compiled, preface by Hridaya Narain Agarwal. – Adyar : Theosophical Publishing House, 1932. – viii, 80, [1] p. : ill. ; 19 cm.
Contents: Preface, p. v ; I. (From The Letters from the Masters of the Wisdom, Second Series, Letter 26), p. 1 ; II. (From The Mahatma Letters), p. 5 ; III. By H. P. Blavatsky (From The Theosophist, August, 1931), p. 6 ; IV. Colonel Henry Steel Olcott, by Annie Besant (From The Theosophist, March, 1907), p. 12 ; V. Henry Steel Olcott, by C. W. Leadbeater (From The Theosophist, May, 1909), p. 23 ; VI. Lest We Forget, by M. R. H. (From The Theosophist, February, 1930), p. 34 ; VII. The President-Founder, by A. P. Sinnett (From Vahan, March, 1907), p. 40 ; VIII. In Memoriam, by Upendra Nath Basu (From Theosophy in India, March, 1907), p. 42 ; IX. Personal Reminiscences of Colonel H. S. Olcott, by A. P. Warrington (From The Theosophist, March, 1929), p. 46 ; X. Henry Steel Olcott, by A. Schwarz (From The Theosophist, December, 1931), p. 51 ; XI. Colonel Olcott as a Great Mesmerist, by B. Ranga Reddy, p. 59 ; XII. Some Reminiscences of Colonel Olcott, by Sarah E. Palmer (From Theosophy in India, December, 1913), p. 62 ; XIII. More Reminiscences of Colonel Olcott, by J. Harry Carnes (From The Adyar Notes and News, February 14, 1929), p. 67 ; XIV. By A. K. Sitarama Shastri, (From The Adyar Notes and News, May 24, 1928), p. 70 ; XV. Faithful unto Death, by C. W. Leadbeater (From The Theosophic Messenger, November, 1908), p. 71 ; Last Message of the President-Founder, p. 81.
sign.: THE-4-5-VARI-1d
Trefw.: theosofie, biografieën, Henry Steel Olcott, Brieven van de Meester, mahatma-brieven, geschiedenis, Theosofische Vereniging, mesmerisme

Vaughan-Lee, L.
Alchemy of light : working with the primal energies of life
Llewellyn Vaughan-Lee. – Inverness, California : The Golden Sufi Centre, 2007. – [10], 147, [5] p. ; 22 cm.
Contents: 1. Working with light, p. 1 ; 2. The light of the world, p. 15 ; 3. Consciousness and change, p. 34 ; 4. Images of life, p. 53 ; 5. Changing the dream, p. 70 ; 6. The alchemy of the archetypal world, p. 89 ; 7. Working with different dimensions, p. 110 ; 8. The waters of life, p. 128 ; Notes, p. 140 ; Bibliography, p. 144 ; Index, p. 145 ; Acknowledgments, p. 148. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 9781890350130
sign.: ESO-8-1-VAUG-4
Trefw.: esoterie, alchemie, hermetica, transformatie

Waite, A.E.
Steps to the Crown
by Arthur Edward Waite. – London : Philip Wellby, 1907. – xvi, 220, [4] p. ; 18 cm.
sign.: ESO-1-1-WAIT-2
Trefw.: esoterie

Ward, J.S.M.
A subaltern in spirit land : a sequel to “Gone west”
by J.S.M. Ward. – London : William Rider & Son, 1920. – xiv, 310 p. : port. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-1-WARD-2
Trefw.: spiritisme

Ward, M.
Planet Narnia : the seven heavens in the imagination of C.S. Lewis
Michael Ward. – Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2008. – xii, 347 p. ; 25 cm.
Contents: One. Silence, 3 ; Two. The planets, 23 ; Three. Jupiter, 42 ; Four. Mars, 77 ; Five. Sol, 100 ; Six. Luna, 121 ; Seven. Mercury, 140 ; Eight. Venus, 164 ; Nine. Saturn, 190 ; Ten. Primum Mobile, 214 ; Eleven. The music of the spheres, 223 ; Twelve. Coda, 244 ; List of abbreviations, 253 ; Notes, 255 ; Bibliography, 315 ; General index, 329 ; Biblical index, 346 ; A photo gallery follows page 126. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 9780195313871
sign.: RAN-1-7-WARD-1
Trefw.: literatuur, C.S. Lewis, Narnia, planeten

Warren, S.M.
A compendium of the theological writings of Emanuel Swedenborg
by the Rev. Samuel M. Warren. – London : The Swedenborg Society, 1896. – xli, 776 p. ; 23 cm. – index.
sign.: REL-6-10-WARR-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, mystiek, Emanuel Swedenborg, theologie

Waterhouse, J.W.
Zoroastrianism
by John W. Waterhouse ; editor’s foreword E.S.W.. – London : The Epworth Press, 1934. – 134 p. ; 19 cm. – (Great religions of the East)
Contents ; Editor’s foreword, 8 ; Preface, 9 ; Zoroaster himself, 11 ; The mission and ministry of the prophet, 25 ; The scriptures of Zoroastrianism, 42 ; Doctrine of God, 57 ; Doctrine of man, 79 ; Developments and contacts, 103 ; Appendix I—Bibliography, 126 ; Appendix II—Index of names, 129. – Appendix I—Bibliography ; Appendix II—Index of names.
sign.: REL-15-1-WATE-1
Trefw.: religie, Zoroaster

West, E.W.
Pahlavi texts : part IV Contents of the Nasks : the bundahis, bahman yast, and shâyast lâ-shâyast
translated by E.W. West ; translated by Various Oriental Scholars and edited by F. Max Müller. – Oxford : At the Clarendon Press, 1892. – xlviii, 506. ; 23 cm. – (The Sacred Books of the East ; Pahlavi texts ; Vol. XXXVII ; Part IV: Contents of the Nasks) – Index.
sign.: REL-11-18-SACR-37
Trefw.: religie

Westermarck, E.
Ritual and belief in Morocco ; 1
by Edward Westermarck ; in two volumes. – London : MacMillan and Co, 1926. – xxxii, 608 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – (Ritual and belief in Morocco ; Vol. I)
sign.: REL-3-1-WEST-1I
Trefw.: religie, geloof, rituelen, Marokko, antropologie

Ritual and belief in Morocco ; 2
by Edward Westermarck ; in two volumes. – London : MacMillan and Co, 1926. – xvii, 629, 6 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – index.
sign.: REL-3-1-WEST-1II
Trefw.: religie, geloof, rituelen, Marokko, antropologie

White Eagle
The living word of St John : White Eagle’s interpretation of the gospel
[White Eagle, (Spirit); Grace Cooke]. – revised ed. – Liss, Hampshire, England : The White Eagle Publishing Trust, 1981. – xii, 193 p. ; 24 cm. – subject index.
ISBN 085487044X
sign.: RAN-6-14-WHIT-16
Trefw.: White Eagle, spiritualiteit, mystiek, channeling, oude wijsheid, mediumschap, liefde, religie, Evangelie van Johannes, interpretaties

Wickland, C.A.
The gateway of understanding
by Carl A. Wickland ; in collaboration with Nelle M. Watt, Celia L. Goerz. – Los Angeles, California : National Psychological Institute, 1934. – xx, 313 p. : portr. ; 20 cm.
sign.: RAN-6-1-WICK-3
Trefw.: spiritisme

Wilberforce, B.
The message of Archdeacon Wilberforce : a summary of the teaching found in his sermons and discourses
by A Member of the Congregation of St John’s, Westminster. – London : Philip Wellby, 1905. – 62, [2] p. ; 18 cm.
sign.: REL-6-6-WILB-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek

Williams, J.
Barddas ; or, A collection of original documents, illustrative of the theology, wisdom, and usages of the bardo-druidic system of the isle of Britain ; 1
with translations and notes by the Rev. J. Williams Ab Ithel. – Llandovery ; London : D.J. Roderic ; Longman & Co, 1862. – lxxxv, 425 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – (Barddas ; Vol. I)
At head of title: Y gwir yn erbyn y byd ; “Published for the Welch MSS. Society.” ; Parallel text in Welsh and English ; Y gwir yn erbyn y byd. ; I’r beirdd, derwyddon, ac ofyddion, ; y cyflwynir ; y casgliad hwn o wybodau a defodau ; Barddas yr Ynys Gymru, ; gan eu ffyddlawn wasanaethwr, ; Ab Ithel, B.B.D. ; Yn enw Duw a phob daioni.
sign.: REL-17-2-WILL-3I
Trefw.: religie, druiden, Kelten

Barddas ; or, A collection of original documents, illustrative of the theology, wisdom, and usages of the bardo-druidic system of the isle of Britain ; 2
with translations and notes by the Rev. J. Williams Ab Ithel. – London : Bernard Quaritch, 1874. – 168 p. ; 23 cm. – (Barddas ; Vol. II)
At head of title: Y gwir yn erbyn y byd ; This fragment of the unfinished second volume was found in the stock of the late Mr. Rees of Llandovery, after it was purchased by Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly, London
sign.: REL-17-2-WILL-3II
Trefw.: religie, druiden, Kelten

Williamson, T.
Ley lines in question
Tom Williamson, Liz Bellamy. – Kingswood : World’s Work, 1983. – 232 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Acknowledgements, 7 ; Foreword, 9 ; 1. The straight line mystery, 11 ; 2. Before the Romans came to Rye, 30 ; 3. Moats, mounds and Masons, 72 ; 4. A question of figures, 94 ; 5. Distant memories, 110 ; 6. Ley hunting, 132 ; 7. The hidden landscape, 148 ; 8. Roads to Arcady, 171 ; 9. Patterns in the past, 185 ; 10. Paths to the present, 202 ; Notes, 216 ; Bibliography, 221 ; Index, 225. – notes, bibliography, index.
ISBN 0437192059
sign.: RAN-6-10-WILL-1
Trefw.: radiesthesie, leylijnen

Willis, M.
Tibet : life, myth and art
Michael Willis ; foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama. – London : Duncan Baird Publishers, 1999. – 144 p. : ill. ; 27 cm. – (Life, myth and art ; Tibet)
Contents: Foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama, 6 ; Image and imagination, 8 ; The soul of Tibet, 10 ; The Tsangpo River, 14 ; The story of Tibet, 16 ; The holy city: Lhasa, 20 ; The art of Tibet, 24 ; The spirit in the smoke, 28 ; The sacred cosmos, 30 ; Spirit, space, and enlightenment, 32 ; Unfolding cosmic space, 34 ; The cosmic circle, 38 ; The architecture of enlightenment: Samye, 40 ; City of shrines: Gyantse, 42 ; Forms of the Chorten, 46 ; Moving in sacred space, 48 ; Seeking solitude and retreat, 50 ; Malevolent realms, 54 ; Disease, danger, and demons, 56 ; Charms and amulets, 60 ; Invoking the divine, 62 ; Music and ritual, 64 ; Sacred sound, 68 ; The path of the Mani, 70 ; The all-powerful ten, 72 ; Recording the Dharma, 74 ; Decorated book covers, 76 ; Prayer wheels and banners of victory, 78 ; The sacred word, 82 ; Perfected beings, perfected worlds, 84 ; The cosmic Buddhas, 86 ; A gallery of Buddhas, 88 ; Temples of the Dharma: Alchi, 90 ; Compassionate heroes, 92 ; Avalokiteshvara, the many-armed Lord, 96 ; Goddesses of wisdom, 98 ; Auspicious emblems, 100 ; The union of wisdom and compassion, 102 ; The way of a Tantric Master, 106 ; Saints and sages, 108 ; Resting place of a saint, 110 ; The transmission of wisdom, 112 ; Seats of wisdom, 114 ; Compassion incarnate, 116 ; The Priest-King, 118 ; Deities fierce and powerful, 120 ; The terrible protectors, 122 ; The glorious goddess, 124 ; The realm of the gods, 126 ; The cruel wanderers, 128 ; Dancing Lords of Death, 130 ; Rites of the cemetery, 132 ; The way through the afterworld, 134 ; Glossary, 136 ; Further reading, 137 ; Index, 138 ; Picture credits, 144. – glossary, further reading, index, picture credits.
ISBN 190013103X
sign.: REL-12-3-WILL-1
Trefw.: religie, boeddhisme, Tibet, tibetaans-boeddhisme, mythologie, kunst

Woodhouse, C.W.
The use and value of the writings of the ancient fathers, considered as auxiliary to the proof of the truth of the Christian religion, and to the elucidation of its doctrines : a dissertation which obtained the Hulsean prize for the year M. DCCC. XLI
by Charles Wright Woodhouse. – Cambridge ; London : J. & J.J. Deighton, & T. Stevenson ; John W. Parker , 1842. – x, 134 p. ; 23 cm.
Printed at the University Press
sign.: REL-6-6-WOOD-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, kerkvaders

Internationaal Theosofisch Centrum, Meentweg 9, 1411 GR Naarden.
Route www.itcnaarden.org/route-description
Georganiseerd door de Theosofische Vereniging in Nederland

Ontvangst met koffie en thee 10.00 uur, de eerste lezing begint om 10.30
Zie voor de verdere dagindeling deze link

Inschrijven
via dit webformulier 

Kosten

leden TVN  € 40
niet-leden € 50
studenten gratis toegang op vertoon van een studentenkaart of MBO-pas

Graag overmaken op de rekening: NL31 INGB 0000 191910 tnv Theosofische Vereniging in Nederland, Amsterdam onder vermelding van Najaarsdag 2026

PROGRAMMA

1. Pneuma, Logos en de antieke weg naar vrijheid
Floyd Melssen

Veel gehoord is de stoïcijnse oproep om “te leven overeenkomstig de natuur”. Vaak klinkt die spreuk als praktische raad om ons te verhouden tot tegenspoed. Maar wellicht wordt er iets fundamentelers mee bedoeld: een visie op de aard van de werkelijkheid zelf?

Voor de stoïcijnen was het universum geen verzameling levenloze dingen. Het was een levend en geordend geheel, doordrongen van pneuma; een vitaal beginsel dat zij vereenzelvigden met de goddelijke Logos. De menselijke ziel, die zelf een aandeel in dit rationele beginsel bezat, was in staat de orde te herkennen waarvan zij deel uitmaakte.

Deze lezing volgt de consequenties van dit wereldbeeld: van pneuma en Logos naar de rationele ziel, van indruk en oordeel naar innerlijke aandacht, en van de beoefening van het oordelen naar vrijheid. Onderweg staan we stil bij Voorzienigheid en Lot, en bij parallellen met het vroege Indiase denken.

Over de spreker
Floyd Melssen studeerde Filosofie in Nijmegen en ontwikkelde daarnaast een interesse voor denkers op het snijvlak van theosofische metafysica en praktische levenswijsheid. Floyd is lid van de Theosofische Vereniging in Nederland.

2. Lijden of leiden? Een kennismaking met de Stoa
Remko van Broekhoven

Filosoof Remko van Broekhoven vertelt – en laat zien – wat een stoïcijnse omgang met de emoties zou kunnen inhouden. Dat doet hij eerst in een lezing met videofragmenten. En past hij vervolgens in een workshop toe op de eigen ervaringen vanuit de zaal. 

Een theoretische maar vooral praktische kennismaking met stoïcijns denken en doen. Waarin we niet alleen te rade gaan bij klassieke filosofen als Seneca, Epictetus en Marcus Aurelius; maar ook bij latere ervaringsdeskundigen als Etty Hillesum en Edith Eger. Om tenslotte een welkome blik in de spiegel te werpen. 

Remko van Broekhoven is filosoof. Hij leerde het vak van zijn moeder, de stoïcijnse en spinozistische denker Miriam van Reijen. Remko promoveerde in 2016 aan de Universiteit Utrecht, en publiceerde drie publieksfilosofische boeken: ’Staat van Tederheid’ (2007); ‘Verbeter de wereld, begin om half elf’ (2011) en ‘De wereld omgekeerd’ (2020).

Zie voor de dagindeling deze link

Voor meer informatie over het Stoïcisme zie deze website https://denieuwestoa.nl/

Kosten

leden TVN  € 40
niet-leden € 50
studenten gratis toegang op vertoon van een studentenkaart of MBO-pas

Graag overmaken op de rekening: NL31 INGB 0000 191910 tnv Theosofische Vereniging in Nederland, Amsterdam onder vermelding van Najaarsdag 2026

An Exploration into Insight – Living Consciousness in the move
with Tran-Thi-Kim-Diêu

De voertaal is Engels

Na het uitgesproken bewuste materialisme van de 19e eeuw, met alle gevolgen van dien, werd in de 20e eeuw hard gestreden om via spirituele pogingen aan de duisternis te ontsnappen. Vele pretentieuze inspanningen leidden echter tot spiritueel materialisme, waarbij glinsterende schaduwen werden aangezien voor zonnestralen . . .
Het eerste kwart van de 21e eeuw leidt de menselijke geest hopelijk naar gezonde twijfel, door hem terug te voeren naar fundamentele vragen – vragen waarop soms geen antwoord mogelijk is.
Deze retraite nodigt uit tot deelname aan het streven van de menselijke geest om boven de discursiviteit van dualiteit en voorbij theoretische kennis uit te stijgen, en zo tot inzicht te komen.

Voor informatie en registratie klik hier

Na de succesvolle klussenweekenden in maart van dit jaar hebben ITC en Sangha Metta op 3 en 4 oktober een nieuw klusweekend georganiseerd. In maart is niet alleen een lange lijst met klussen afgewerkt, het weekend was ook heel gezellig en leidde tot veel nieuwe contacten met andere gebruikers van het Centrum. Samen klussen, koken en eten, en elkaar leren kennen en waarderen tijdens een klusweekend. Met voor wie kan en wil het hele weekend, want gezelligheid kent geen tijd.

Na een druk begin van het nieuwe seizoen is het is nu kort dag, maar het geweldige idee van onderlinge kennismaking en veel gezelligheid lijkt ons goed genoeg om het weer te organiseren! Het logies is gratis, zo mogelijk graag eigen beddengoed meenemen, we koken en eten gezellig samen in een van de gebouwen.

Een paar praktische zaken, inschrijven is nodig

We vragen iedereen om zich ten minste 5 dagen van te voren op te geven, zodat we eten, slapen, voorbereiding van klussen goed kunnen organiseren. Inschrijven via: Klus weekend ITC Naarden – oktober 2026 – Formulier invullen.

De dagen beginnen om 10.00 in Lotus House, met koffie, kennismaking en verdeling van klussen. Mochten er nog aanvullende vragen zijn dan graag contact via

De klussen

We zullen ter plekke kijken wie wat kan en wil doen, afhankelijk van persoonlijke kwaliteiten en voorkeuren. Er zijn voldoende klussen voor alle talenten.

Internationaal Theosofisch Centrum, Meentweg 9, 1411 GR Naarden
Route www.itcnaarden.org/route-description

A new dawn: awakening to harmony in a new world

Venue: International Headquarters, Theosophical Society, Adyar, Chennai, India

Bekijk alle informatie hier

The live streams can be viewed as of 31 december on the Convention website. Each session will appear on the same screen on the landing page, i.e., the homepage. Additionally, the sessions are available on the YouTube channel.

All
All-India Women’s Conference : fifth session : Lahore, 12th to 16th January, 1931
Gwalior : S. Lakshmi Bai Rajwade, Hony. Secretary of the All-India Women’s Conference, 1931. – 142, [2] p. : portr. ; 25 cm.
sign.: RAN-9-1-ALL-1

Annual
Annual report of the Indian Section Theosophical Society
Benares : Freeman & Co, 1928. – 114 p. ; 25 cm.
Printed by Freeman & Co., LTD., at the Tara Printing Works, Benares ; Contents ; Brief Convention Report, 1 ; I. S. Council Meeting Proceedings, 4 ; General Secretary’s Report, 8 ; Joint General Secretary’s Report, 17 ; North India Conference Report, 19 ; South India Conference Report, 22 ; Young Theosophists Federation Report, 28 ; Statement of Income & Expenditure, 31 ; Balance Sheet, 33 ; Budget Statement for 1928–29, 35 ; T. S. in India Lodges, 37 ; T. S. in India Centres, 64 ; T. S. in India Youth Lodges, 67 ; T. S. Constitution & Rules, 71 ; T. S. General Council 1928–29, 82 ; Indian Section, T. S. Memorandum of Association, 85 ; Indian Section, T. S. Constitution & Rules, 89 ; Indian Section, T. S. Office Bearers 1928–29, 98 ; Duties of Office Bearers, 109 ; Application Form, 111.
sign.: THE-4-2-ANNU-1928
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen

Arundale, G.S.
Residence at Adyar : The Theosophical Society (founded at New York, 17th Nov. 1875), Headquarters, Adyar, Madras, India
by the President. – Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Publising House, 1935. – 36 p. ; 19 cm.
By the President = G.S. Arundale ; Contents ; Residence at Adyar, 1 ; The Honour of Adyar, 7 ; Rules and Regulations for Residents, 14 ; Regulations for Residents in Leadbeater Chambers and Blavatsky Gardens, 21 ; Regulations for Residents in the Bhojanasala, The Old and the New Quadrangles, 25 ; Rules of the Adyar Library, 28 ; Form of Application, 34 ; Form of Permission to Reside, 36.
sign.: THE-2-9-ARUN-86a
Trefw.: theosofie, geschiedenis, Theosofische Vereniging, Adyar

Bathurst Deane, J.
Observations on Dracontia
John Bathurst Deane. – London : [Society of Antiquaries], 1834. – 188-229 p. : ill., plates. ; 29 cm.
Extract from Archaeologia, v. 1834, Chapter XII. Observations on Dracontia; Communicated by the Rev. John Bathurst Deane, M.A., F.S.A., in a Letter to Henry Ellis, Esq. F.R.S., Secretary. Read 13th December, 1832.
sign.: RAN-1-3-BATH-1 (BWK1)
Trefw.: Carnac, Karnak, Kelten, steencirkels

Besant, A.
The Executive Committee of the German Section of the Theosophical Society addresses the following To the members of the Theosophical Society printed from the Mitteilungen Nr. XIV of the German Section of T.S. (Cologne, December 1912) edited by Mathilde Saholl. A letter of Mrs. Besant and Dr. Steiner’s reply
Annie Besant ; Rudolf Steiner. – Cologne : Mathilde Scholl, 1912. – 5 p. ; 29 cm.
sign.: THE-2-1-BESA-346

Annie Besant ; Rudolf Steiner. – Cologne : Mathilde Scholl, 1912. – 5 p. ; 29 cm.
sign.: THE-2-1-BESA-346a
Trefw.: theosofie, geschiedenis, Annie Besant, Rudolf Steinr

The new civilisation : address
by Dr. Besant. – Edinburgh : z.u., 1927. – 32 p. ; 34 cm.
Music Hall, Edinburgh. 3rd July, 1927.
sign.: THE-2-1-BESA-112c (DOOS068)
Trefw.: theosofie, beschaving, maatschappij

Bibby’s annual : an illustrated unconventional journal for country readers [Tijdschrift]
edited by Joseph Bibby; 1906.
Trefw.: tijdschriften, religie, kunst, theosofie, filosofie, reïncarnatie, gedachtenkracht, socialisme, landleven, romantiek, jaarboeken, Orpheus Lodge London

Bibby’s quarterly : an illustrated journal for country of country and home life [Tijdschrift]
1896/1897.
Trefw.: tijdschriften, glossy’s

Bloom, H.
Omens of millennium : the gnosis of angels, dreams, and resurrection
Harold Bloom. – London : Fourth Estate, 1996. – [14], 255 p. ; 25 cm.
Contents: Introduction, 1 ; Prelude: Self-reliance or mere gnosticism, 13 ; I. Angels: Visions of angels, 37 ; Their current debasement, 42 ; Metatron, who was Enoch, 44 ; The Catholic angelic hierarchy, 54 ; The fallen angels, 62 ; Angels, miracles, and America, 70 ; II. Dreams: The answering angel, 85 ; The nature of dreams, 93 ; Sigmund Freud’s dream book, 105 ; Prophecy and dreams, 115 ; III. Not dying: The “near-death experience”, 127 ; Shamanism: otherworldly journeys, 136 ; The astral body: the zelem, 145 ; Immortality and resurrection, 152 ; The resurrection body, 162 ; IV. Gnosis: The Hermetic Corpus: divine man, 175 ; Christian Gnosticism: Valentinus and resurrection, 181 ; Sufism: angel of earth and garment of light, 195 ; The Kabbalah: Metatron, the lesser Yahweh, 202 ; The Kabbalah: Luria’s transmigration of souls, 207 ; V. Millennium: American centuries, 219 ; Gnosis of the world to come, 225 ; Coda: Not by faith, nor by the angels: a Gnostic sermon, 231 ; Acknowledgments, 255.
ISBN 1857025555
sign.: RAN-6-8-BLOO-1
Trefw.: paranormale wezens, engelen, dromen, wederopstanding, gnosticisme

Columba, St.
Songs and tales of Saint Columba and his age
St Columba. – 3rd ed. – Edinburgh : Patrick Geddes & Colleagues, 1897. – 52, [4] p. : ill. ; 26 cm.
Contents ; I. ; Songs of the Columban age ; Columcille cecenit 7 ; Columcille fecit 9 ; The Song of Murdoch 11 ; II. ; The three marvels of Iona ; The Festival of the Birds 12 ; The Sabbath of the Fisher and the Flies 21 ; The Moon-Child 30 ; Fiona Macleod ; III. ; The last meditation of St Columba 40 ; J. Arthur Thomson ; IV. ; The flight of the Culdees 45 ; Fiona Macleod ; V. ; Envoy 53.
sign.: C (BOX 67)
Trefw.: religie

Cordiner, Ch.
Miscellaneous Antiquities : Remarkable ruins, and romantic prospects, of North Britain : with ancient monuments, and singular subjects of natural history
[London] : [Engraved and published by Peter Mazell], [1787]. – [70] p. : ill. ; 28 cm.
Contents: 1. Introductory remarks on the obelisks of North Britain, on which are Ægyptian symbols ; 2. Ægyptian hieroglyphics, observable on Caledonian obelisks ; 3. Primæval hieroglyphics ; 4. Extract of a translation from the symbols of the Pamphilian obelisk ; 5. Caledonian and Egyptian symbols compared, etc. ; 6. Of sceptres, and urn ; 7. Monuments in Ross-shire ; 8. Maiden stone ; 9. Funeral monument in the church at Cullen, a royal borough of Banffshire ; 10. Sacramental monument, in the church of Deskford, Banffshire ; 11. Monuments in the mausoleum of the Earl of Fife, etc. etc. ; 12. Carved stone at Dyke, and tiaras of different nations ; 13. Sacrifice of the elements ; 14. Of the cross inscribed on ancient monuments ; 15. Symbols of the passion ; 16. Mysteries, personification of events, truths, etc.
sign.: RAN-1-3-CORD-1 (BWK1)
Trefw.: obelisken, Kelten, bouwkunst, Egypte

Daily news bulletin : international convention The Theosophical Society, Adyar = Souvenir Bulletin [Tijdschrift]
2016.
Trefw.: tijdschriften (vorm), theosofie, congresverslagen, lezingen

Directory
The Theosophical Society ; Directory for England, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland and Wales ; 1955-56
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1955-1956. – 42, [6] p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Directory ; 1955-56)
Table of Contents: The Theosophical Society, 1 ; National Societies, 2 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society, 3 ; Legacies to The T.S. in England, 4 ; The Theosophical Society in England, 5 ; Federations, 6 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (England, excluding London), 10 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (London), 28 ; Associated Lodges and Centres, 32 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 34 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 37 ; The Theosophical Society in Northern Ireland, 38 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 39 ; Dates to remember, 40 ; Theosophical Book Shop, 41 ; Library, The T.S. in England, 42 ; Publicity Department, The T.S. in England, 43 ; Calendars, 44.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1955-56
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

The Theosophical Society ; Directory for England, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland and Wales ; 1957-58
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1957-1958. – 40 p. : ill. ; 19cm. – (Directory ; 1957-58)
Table of Contents: The Theosophical Society, 1 ; National Societies, 2 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society, 3 ; Legacies to The T.S. in England, 4 ; The Theosophical Society in England, 5 ; Federations, 6 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (England, excluding London), 10 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (London), 27 ; Associated Lodges and Centres, 31 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 32 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 35 ; The Theosophical Society in Northern Ireland, 36 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 37 ; Dates to remember, 38 ; Theosophical Book Shop, 40 ; Publicity Department, The T.S. in England, back cover ; Library, The T.S. in England, back cover.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1957-58
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

The Theosophical Society ; Directory for England, Scotland, Ireland, Northern Ireland and Wales ; 1958-59
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1958-1959. – 40 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Directory ; 1958-59)
Table of Contents: The Theosophical Society, 1 ; National Societies, 2 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society, 3 ; Legacies to The T.S. in England, 4 ; The Theosophical Society in England, 5 ; Federations, 6 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (England, excluding London), 10 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (London), 27 ; Associated Lodges, 31 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 32 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 35 ; The Theosophical Society in Northern Ireland, 36 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 37 ; Dates to remember, 38 ; Calendars, 39 ; Theosophical Book Shop, 40 ; Publicity Department, The T.S. in England, back cover ; Library, The T.S. in England, back cover.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1958-59
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Dundee Lodge
Dundee Lodge ; List of Members 1923-1933
Dundee : Dundee Lodge, 19123-1933. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUND-4 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Dundee Lodge, leden

Dundee Lodge ; Minute book 1912-1917
Dundee : Dundee Lodge, 1912-1917. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUND-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Dundee Lodge

Dundee Lodge ; Minute book 1917-1919
Dundee : Dundee Lodge, 1917-1919. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUND-2 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theososofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Dundee Lodge

Dundee Lodge ; Minute book 1919-1923
Dundee : Dundee Lodge, 1919-1923. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUND-3 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Dundee Lodge

Dundee Lodge ; Visitor’s book 1916-1973
Dundee : Dundee Lodge, 1916-1973. – div. p. ; 19 x 24 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUND-5 (DOOS074)

Dunfermline Lodge
Dunfermline Lodge ; Minute book 1934-1948
Dunfermline : Dunfermline Lodge, 1934-1948. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-DUNF-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Dunfermline Lodge, Rosyth Lodge

Eastern District Council
Eastern District Council ; Minute book 1918-1924
Edinburgh : Eastern District Council , 1919-1924. – div. p. ; 21 cm.
Minute book of Eastern District Council Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Universal Brotherhood Campaign
sign.: THE-4-10-EAST-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Eastern District Council

Eastern District Council ; Minute book 1925-1941
Edinburgh : Eastern District Council ; Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1925-1941. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Theosophical Society in Scotland Eastern District Committee Meetings from 1925-1941 ; Balance sheets
sign.: THE-4-10-EAST-2 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Eastern District Council

Edinburgh Federation of Lodges
Edinburgh Federation of Lodges ; Minute book 1910-1912
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Federation of Lodges, 1910-1912. – div. p. ; 18 cm.
Minute Book for the Federated Lodges of the Theosophical Society, 130 George St. Edinburgh – Oct. 14 – 1910 ; Council Meeting
sign.: THE-4-10-EFL-1 (DOOS077)
Trefw.: A8 – Theosophical

Edinburgh Federation of Lodges ; Minute book 1912-1916
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Federation of Lodges, 1912-1916. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Council Meeting
sign.: THE-4-10-EFL-2 (DOOS077)

Edinburgh Federation of Lodges ; Minute book 1917-1922
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Federation of Lodges, 1922-1924. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Council Meeting
sign.: THE-4-10-EFL-4 (DOOS077)
Trefw.: A8 – Theosophical

Edinburgh Federation of Lodges ; Minute book 1922-1924
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Federation of Lodges, 1922-1924. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Council Meeting
sign.: THE-4-10-EFL-3 (DOOS077)
Trefw.: A8 – Theosophical

Edinburgh Lodge
Edinburgh Branch of the Theosophical Society = E.B.T.S. ; Constitution and Minutes 1892-1898
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Branch of the Theosophical Society, 1892-1898. – div. p. ; 21 cm.
The Edinburgh Branch of the Theosophical Society = E.B.T.S.
sign.: THE-4-10-EDIN-1 (DOOS076)
Trefw.: theosofie

Edinburgh Lodge ; Catalogue Edinburgh Library 1904-1910
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1904?. – 138 p. ; 24 cm.
Catalogue of books, Edinburgh Lodge, Theosophical Society, Lending Library ; 1904 – 1906 – 1909 – 1910
sign.: THE-4-10-LIBR-1 (DOOS078)
Trefw.: theosofie, catalogi, bibliotheekcatalogi, Edinburgh

Edinburgh Lodge ; Lectures 1910-1967
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1910-1967. – div. p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-LECT-1 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, lezingen, voordrachten, Edinburgh Lodge

Edinburgh Lodge ; Library Cashbook 1900-1910
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1900-1910. – div. p. ; 21 cm.
Edinburgh Library Cashbook 1900 ; Library Cash book Theosophical Society Edinburgh Lodge
sign.: THE-4-10-LIBR-3 (DOOS077)
Trefw.: theosofie, bibliotheken, kasboeken

Edinburgh Lodge ; Minute book 1898-1908
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1898-1908. – div. p. ; 24 cm.
Minute book No. 2 of the Edinburgh Lodge of the Theosophical Society
sign.: THE-4-10-EDIN-2 (DOOS076)
Trefw.: theosofie

Edinburgh Lodge ; Minute book 1906-1936
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1906-1936. – div. p. ; 27 cm.
Edinburgh Branch Theosophical Society = Minute Book No. III = [May 16, 1906 – to 25th March 1936]
sign.: THE-4-10-EDIN-3 (DOOS077)

Edinburgh Lodge ; Minute book 1936-1984
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1936-1984. – div. p. ; 34 cm.
Edinburgh Lodge Minute Book No. 4
sign.: THE-4-10-EDIN-4 (DOOS076)
Trefw.: A8 – Theosophical

Edinburgh Lodge ; Roll of Members 1899-1921
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1899-1921. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Members – Associates – Visitors
sign.: THE-4-10-MEMB-1 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, leden, lidmaatschappen, Edinburgh Lodge, ledenlijsten

Edinburgh Lodge ; Roll of Members 1921-1963
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1921-1963. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Edinburgh Lodge Theosophical Society – Members Roll
sign.: THE-4-10-MEMB-2 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, leden, lidmaatschappen, Edinburgh Lodge, ledenlijsten

Edinburgh Theosophical and Besant Memorial Library ; Lendings 1966-1977
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Library, 1966-1977. – div. p. ; 26 cm.
Edinburgh TS Library Lendings
sign.: THE-4-10-LIBR-2 (DOOS078)
Trefw.: theosofie, catalogi, bibliotheekcatalogi, uitleningen

Edinburgh Lodge ; Cash Book 1900-1933
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge, 1900-1933. – div. p. ; 21 cm.
Accounts Edinburgh TS Cashbook 1900-1933 ; Cash Book Theosophical Society Edinburgh Lodge
sign.: THE-4-10-CASH-1 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, kasboeken, Edinburgh Lodge

Faber, G.S.
The origin of pagan idolatry ascertained from historical testimony and circumstantial evidence ; 1
by George Stanley Faber ; three volumes. – London : For F. and C. Rivingtons, 1816. – lxxx, 496 p. : ill., plate. ; 27 cm. – (The origin of pagan idolatry ; Vol. I)
Printed by A.J. Valpy, Tooke’s Court, Chancery Lane, St. Paul’s Church Yard ; Book I. ; Chapter I. General idea of the Mythology of Paganism ; Chapter II. Concerning the pagan doctrine of a succession of similar worlds ; Chapter III. Respecting the Materialism of the great god and goddess of the pagans ; Chapter IV. Respecting the mundane and arkite egg ; Chapter V. Heathen Cosmogonies ; Book II. ; Chapter I. Concerning the garden of Paradise and mount Ararat ; Chapter II. Respecting pagan transcripts of Paradise and mount Ararat ; Chapter III. Respecting the connection of Paradise and Ararat with consecrated lakes and islands ; Chapter IV. Respecting the connection of Paradise and the Ark with the symbolical Moon ; Chapter V. Respecting the Holy White Island of the West ; Chapter VI. On the origin and import of the veneration paid to the bull, the lion, and the eagle ; Chapter VII. On the origin and import of the worship of the serpent ; Chapter VIII. On the origin and purport of sacrificial rites.
sign.: REL-3-1-FABE-2I
Trefw.: religie, paganisme, heidendom, afgoderij, geschiedenis

The origin of pagan idolatry ascertained from historical testimony and circumstantial evidence ; 2
by George Stanley Faber ; three volumes. – London : For F. and C. Rivingtons, 1816. – xxii, 504 p. : ill., plate. ; 28 cm. – (The origin of pagan idolatry ; Vol. II)
Printed by A.J. Valpy, Tooke’s Court, Chancery Lane, St. Paul’s Church Yard ; Book III ; Chapter I. Respecting the fable of the four ages ; Chapter II. Miscellaneous traditions relative to the period between the creation and the deluge ; Chapter III. On the antediluvian and diluvian history, as exhibited in the Zend-Avesta ; Chapter IV. Pagan accounts of an universal deluge ; Chapter V. Respecting the sacred books ; Chapter VI. Pagan accounts of the deluge, as erroneously confined by local appropriation to particular regions ; Book IV ; Chapter I. Concerning the identity and astronomical character of the great gods of the Gentiles ; Chapter II. Respecting certain remarkable opinions which the Gentiles entertained of the Sun ; Chapter III. Respecting the division of the gentile mythologists into two great primeval sects ; Chapter IV. Respecting the human character of the great father, as exhibited in the Osiric or Bacchic or Saivic or Brahmenical superstition ; Chapter V. Respecting the human character of the great father, as exhibited in the Buddhic or Thothic or Hermetic or Samanean theology ; Chapter VI. Respecting the union of the two great superstitions in the worship of Jagan-Nath, Saturn, and Baal
sign.: REL-3-1-FABE-2II
Trefw.: religie, paganisme, heidendom, afgoderij, geschiedenis

The origin of pagan idolatry ascertained from historical testimony and circumstantial evidence ; 3
by George Stanley Faber ; three volumes. – London : For F. and C. Rivingtons, 1816. – xxviii, 682 p. : ill., plate. ; 27 cm. – (The origin of pagan idolatry ; Vol. III)
Printed by A.J. Valpy, Tooke’s Court, Chancery Lane, St. Paul’s Church Yard ; Contents: Book V ; Chapter I. Concerning the identity and lunari-terrene character of the great goddesses of the Gentiles ; Chapter II. Respecting certain remarkable opinions, which the Gentiles entertained of the Moon and the Earth ; Chapter III. Respecting the navicular, infernal, and human, character of the great mother ; Chapter IV. Respecting the hermaphroditic unity of the great universal parent ; Chapter V. Respecting the doctrine of the two independent principles ; Chapter VI. Respecting the nature and purport of the ancient Mysteries ; Chapter VII. Concerning the places used by the Pagans for religious worship ; Chapter VIII. On the origination of Romance from old mythologic Idolatry ; Book VI ; Chapter I. Respecting the primeval union of all mankind in a single body politic, and the building of the tower of Babel ; Chapter II. Respecting the chronological epoch and duration of the primeval Iranian empire, and the peculiar form of its civil polity ; Chapter III. Respecting the primitive division of the world among the children of Noah, the triads of the Gentiles, the confusion of languages, and the mode of the dispersion from Babel ; Chapter IV. Respecting the various settlements and migrations of the unblended part of the military caste ; Chapter V. Respecting the Shepherd-kings of Egypt, and the various settlements of the military caste in consequence of their expulsion ; Chapter VI. Respecting the mode, in which Pagan Idolatry originated; the resemblance between the Ritual Law of Moses and the Ritual Ordinances of the Gentiles; and certain peculiarities in the several characters of the Messiah and the great father. – appendices.
sign.: REL-3-1-FABE-2III
Trefw.: religie, paganisme, heidendom, afgoderij, geschiedenis

Gauquelin, M.
The truth about astrology
Michel Gauquelin ; translated by Sarah Matthews. – repr. – Oxford : Basil Blackwell, 1984. – ix, 202, [2] p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Preface: To each his own truth?, vii ; Prelude: Astrology judged, 1 ; Part I: In search of planetary effects at birth: The planets of success, 19 ; Enter heredity, 39 ; 50,000 character traits, 47 ; Personality and the planets, 73 ; Part II: Neo-astrology?: ‘Science’ and proof, 97 ; The triumph of the astrological idea, 115 ; The horoscope falls down, 128 ; ‘Midwife’ planets?, 143 ; ‘Neo-astrology’ under attack, 160 ; Can there be a conclusion?, 180 ; Notes, 182 ; Index, 198 ; Appendix: A questionnaire, 203. – notes, index.
ISBN 0631129367
sign.: RAN-7-1-GAUQ-1
Trefw.: astrologie, onderzoek

General Council
Minutes of the General Council Theosophical Society ; December, 1930
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, 1930. – 10, 14 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: THE-4-2-GC-1930
Trefw.: theosofie, General Council, notulen

Minutes of the General Council Theosophical Society ; December, 1931
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, 1931. – 15 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: THE-4-2-GC-1931
Trefw.: theosofie, General Council, notulen

Minutes of the General Council Theosophical Society ; December, 1932
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, 1932. – 10 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: THE-4-2-GC-1932
Trefw.: theosofie, General Council, notulen

Minutes of the General Council Theosophical Society ; December, 1933
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, 1933. – 10 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: THE-4-2-GC-1933
Trefw.: theosofie, General Council, notulen

General Report
General Reports ; Eightieth annual General Report of The Theosophical Ssociety 1955
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1956. – 105 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 80)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1955a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Eighty-Eighth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1963
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1964. – 133 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 88)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1963a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Eighty-First annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1956
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1957. – 112 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 81)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1956a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Eighty-Second annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1957
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1958. – 113 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 82)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1957a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Eighty-Seventh annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1962
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1963. – 146 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 87)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1962a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Fifty-eighth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1934. – vi, 188 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 58)
General Report of The Theosophical Society for 1933
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1933a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverlagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Fifty-sixth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1932. – vi, 252 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 56)
General Report of The Theosophical Society for 1931
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1931a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, abandon abating abdul abhidhana abhidhanaratnamala abhogam abiding ability able ably abm abolished abolishes abolishing abolition about above abreast abroad a…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Eight Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, December 26th to 30th, 1923
Adyar, Madras, India ; Benares and Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; Indian Book Shop, 1924. – vi, 274, ccii p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 48)
On cover: General Secretary, T.S. in Scotland
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1923
Trefw.: woordindex, aagot aalborg aamudram aana aarhus aat aatto abandon abandoned abandoning abbinga abbot abdul abercorn aberdeen aberdovey abergavenny abergele abingdon able abo abolition about above abraham abrams abren abrew abri…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Fifth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Adyar, December 25th to 30th, 1920
Adyar, Madras, India ; London, Benares, Krotona ; Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; T.P.H. ; Indian Book Depot, 1921. – iv, 211, clxvi p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 45)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1920a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverlagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aalborg aandhanam aaoka aar aarhua aarhus aarl aas aasgaard aathika aatto abandoned abandonee abbed abbruzzeae abcut abelnrdo aberdeen abeyance abiding abilit…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Fourth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, December 23rd to 27th, 1919
Adyar, Madras, India ; T.P.H., London, Benares ; Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; T.P.H. ; Indian Book Depot, 1920. – iv, 195, cliv p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 44)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1919a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aalborg aar aarhus aatto abandon abbott abbuzzese abdnl aberdeen abeyance abhasara ability abingdon able ably abo abolished abolition abound about above abr…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Ninth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Bombay, December 24th tp 27th, 1924
Adyar, Madras, India ; Benares and Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; Indian Book Shop, 1925. – vi, 256, ccvii p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 49)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1924
Trefw.: woordindex, aage aalborg aarhus aatol aatto abandoned abbes abdon abdul abeelstraat aberdeen aberdovey aberg abergavenny abergele aberystwyth abingdon able ably abnegation abolition abortive about above abraham abrams abri abro…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Second Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Calcutta, December 25th to 30th, 1917
Adyar, Madras, India : Theosophical Publishing House, 1918. – 178, cxxxii p. ; 24 cm. – (General Reports ; 42)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1917
Trefw.: woordindex, aaherm aar aarhus aaron abbey abbotsdene abergeldie abiding ability abingdon able ably abode abolition about above abraham abrie abroad absence absent absolutely abstract abundant acacia accept accepted accessible …

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Seventh Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Adyar, December 25th to 28th, 1922
Adyar, Madras, India ; Benares and Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; Indian Book Shops, 1923. – v, 268, cxci p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 47)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1922
Trefw.: woordindex, aagot aalborg aarhus aarno aarrarooe aatto ab abbey abbott aberdeen abergavenny abergele abeyance abhedananda abilities ability abingdon able ably abnegation abnormal abo abolition about above abraham abreu abrew a…

General Reports ; General Report of the Forty=Sixth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, December 25th to 30th, 1921
Adyar, Madras, India ; London, Benares, Krotona ; Bombay : Theosophical Publishing House ; T.P.H. ; Indian Book Depot, 1922. – v, 243, clxxxix p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 46)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1921a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aalborg aarhus aarno aatto abandon abandoned abandones abeel abelardo abercorn aberdeen abergavenny abergele abeydeera ability abingdon able ably abo abode a…

General Reports ; General Report of the Thirty-Eight Anniversary & Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, December 26th to 31st, 1913
Adyar, Madras, India : Theosophical Publishing House, 1914. – [5], 211, cxxix p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 38)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1913a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverlagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aagar aakin aand aaoka aarhus aarne aaryalayanagrbyavivarapa aatto abaji abbas abbey abbott abdul abe abecedarium aber¬ aberdeen abhayi ability abingdon able …

General Reports ; General Report of the Thirty-Fourth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, December 27th to 30th, 1909
Adyar, Madras, India : Headquarters of the Theosophical Society, 1910. – 99, lxxx p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 34)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1909a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aahutoah aaltonen aarhus aastt aay abandoned abegg abeyance ability able abled ablest abo abolition abomina¬ abounded about above abrens abroad absence abst…

General Reports ; General Report of the Thirty-Ninth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Adyar, December 26th to 31st, 1914
Adyar, Madras, India : Theosophical Publishing House, 1915. – iv, 188, cxxxviii p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 39)
On cover: General Secretary, T.S. in Scotland – Branches of the Theosophical Society (Corrected up to December 1914) ; The T.S. in America (Chartered 30-10-1886, Re-Chartered 5-6-1895).
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1914
Trefw.: theosofie, jaaverslagen, woordindex, aaltonen aarhus aaron aatto ab abandoned abbey abbfcd abbott abe aberdeen abeyance abhorrence ability abingdon able ably abner abnormal abo abolition about above abrew abril abroad abruzzeso…

General Reports ; General Report of the Thirty-Second Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Benares, India, December 27th and 28th, 1907
Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Society, 1907. – 153 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 32)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1907a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aarhus aarl aast abaci abad abbinavagupta abdul abhinava ability able abler ably abolished about above abraham abrew abridged abroad absence abuse accepted …

General Reports ; General Report of the Thirty-Seventh Anniversary & Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Adyar, December 26th to 31st, 1912
Adyar, Madras, India : Theosophical Publishing House, 1913. – 268, cxvi p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 37)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1912a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, aaltonen aarhus aatto ab abaji abate abbayi abbey abbott abelardo aber¬ aberdeen abhcds„ abide ability abingdon able ablo ably abnegating abo abode abolish…

General Reports ; General Report of the Twenty-Sixth Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Ssociety, held at Adyar, India, December 27th and 28th, 1901 – With offical documents
Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Society, 1902. – 98 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 26)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1901b
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, abatement abinash able abnormal abon about above abroad absence absolute absolutely abundantly academy acbury accede accept accession accommodate accompany ac…

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-fifth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2020
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2020. – 84 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 145)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2020

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-fifth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2021
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2021. – 80 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 146)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2021

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-fifth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2022
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2022. – 84 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2022

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-fifth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2023
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2023. – 87 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 148)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2023

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-first annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2016
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2016. – 83 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 141)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2016

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-fourth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2018
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2019. – 77 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 144)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2019

General Reports ; Hundred and forty-third annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2018
presidential address Tim Boyd. – Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2018. – 81 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 143)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2018

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-first annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2006
Adyar, Chennai : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society, 2006. – iv, 77 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 131)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2006a
Trefw.: theosofie, geschiedenis, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-fourth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2009
133rd. – Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2009. – 72 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 134)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2009

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-fourth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2012
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2012. – 70 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 137)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2012

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-fourth annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2013
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2013. – 77 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 138)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2013

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-second annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2007
presidential address Radha Burnier. – Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2007. – 77 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 132)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2007

General Reports ; Hundred and thirty-third annual general report of the Theosophical Society 2008
Adyar, Chennai, India : The International Secretary ; The Theosophical Society , 2008. – 74 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 133)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-2008

General Reports ; Ninety-Eighth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1973
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1974. – 167, 14 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 98)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1973a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Seventieth annual general report of The Theosophical Society 1945
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1946. – 87, [1] p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 70)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1945

General Reports ; Seventy-Eight annual General Report of Theosophical Society 1953
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1954. – 112 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 78)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1953a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Seventy-first annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1946
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1946. – 113 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 71)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1946a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Seventy-Ninth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1954
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1955. – 114 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 79)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1954a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Seventy-Second annual General Report of The Theosophical Society 1947
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1948. – 132 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 72)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1947a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Sixty-Fifth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1941. – VI, 187 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 65)
General Report of The Theosophical Society for 1939-1940
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1940a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Sixty-Ninth annual General Report of The Theosophical Society
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1946. – 130 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 69)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1944a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; Sixty-Seventh annual general report of The Theosophical Society
Adyar, Madras, India : The Recording Secretary, The Theosophical Society, 1942. – vi, 133 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 67)
General Report of The Theosophical Society for 1941-1942
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1942a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

General Reports ; The General report of the Fifty-Second Anniversary and Convention of The Theosophical Society held at Adyar, December 23rd to 29th, 1927
Adyar, Madras, India ; Benares : Theosophical Publishing House ; Indian Book Shop, 1928. – v, 296 p. ; 25 cm. – (General Reports ; 52)
sign.: THE-4-1-GENE-1927a
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarverslagen, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis, woordindex, abandoned abated abdui abdul aberdeen abeyance abide ability able ably abo abode abolishment abolition abou abound about above abroad absence absent absolut…

Gewurz, E.
The diary of a child of sorrow
by Elias Gewurz. – London : The White Lodge Library, 1914. – 92, [4] p. ; 18 cm.
“The storm-tossed bark on a raging sea is more peaceful than the life of the pilgrim to the shrine of Spirit” / Annie Besant ; Contents: I. The obscure night ; II. The mission of pain ; III. Transmutation ; IV. The life beautiful ; V. Silence ; VI. The chapter of power ; VII. The gates of compassion
sign.: RAN-9-1-GEWU-1
Trefw.: christelijke mystiek, theosofie

Guyon, M.
The mystical sense of the Sacred Scriptures; or, The books of the Old and New Testaments (including the Apocrypha), with explications and reflections regarding the interior life
by Madame Guion. – Glasgow : John Thomson, 1872. – 177 p. ; 19 cm.
Vols. I. and II., Genesis – Deuteronomy, translated by Thomas Watson Duncan
sign.: REL-6-6-GUYO-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystici, esoterisch christendom, christelijke mystiek, Heilige Schrift, Oude Testament, Nieuwe Testament, Bijbel

Hare, W.L.
Mysticism of East and West : studies in mystical and moral philosophy
William Loftus Hare ; with an introduction by J. Estlin Carpenter. – London : Jonathan Cape, 1923. – 9-356 p. ; 21 cm. – index.
sign.: REL-2-2-HARE-1
Trefw.: religie, mystiek

Systems of meditation in religion
by William Loftus Hare. – London : Philip Allan & Co Ltd, 1937. – 232 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents ; I. Introduction ; II. Primitive prayer as magic ; III. Hindu yoga ; IV. Buddhist jhāna ; V. Taoist practice ; VI. Greek contemplation ; VII. The Christian doctrine of prayer ; VIII. Early monastic prayer ; IX. Persian mysticism ; X. Mediaeval contemplative prayer ; XI. German mysticism ; XII. Quietism ; XIII. Communion with nature ; XIV. Retrospect and synthesis ; Index. – index names, technical terms.
sign.: REL-2-2-HARE-2
Trefw.: religie, mystiek, meditatie

Hartmann, F.
The life and doctrines of Jacob Boehme, the God-taught philosopher : an introduction to the study of his works
by Franz Hartmann ; preface F.H.. – London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co, 1891. – xii, 338 p. ; 22 cm.
Contents ; I. The life of Jacob Boehme ; Account of his life and labours, and of the influence of his writings upon the outside world ; II. The doctrines of Jacob Boehme ; Chapter I. Introduction ; The only reality – External reasoning is inadequate to comprehend internal truth – Historical aspect of the Bible – Man created in the image of God – The universal and the perverted self-will of man – Atonement – The Yoga practice – Illuminated seers – Jacob Boehme’s spiritual knowledge and his terrestrial conditions – How his writings can be understood ; Chapter II. Unity ; God in his aspect as the Father – The unity of the All – Eternity and time – The will – Eternal wisdom – The Son and the Holy Spirit – Trinity – The will the positive energy – Wisdom is merely passive – Three-personality of God – God revealed in being – The magic principle – The antithesis or duality – Fire and light ; Chapter III. The seven qualities ; Seven states of eternal nature referring to the Trinity – Each quality existing within the others – Seven in one – Matter, darkness, corporification, motion, consciousness, salt, sulphur, and mercury – The lightning flash, illumination, light, substantiality, the water-spirit, sound – The seventh form – Essential wisdom, the body of God, transcendental magnificence, the eternal virgin, glorification ; Chapter IV. Creation ; God the All and nevertheless not the All – Pantheism and Theism – Personality of God – Perfection – The subjective becoming objective – Divine love – The world not divine – Eternal nature, wisdom – Differentiation of divine powers – Necessity of the dark fire – Eternal chaos – Beginning, unfolding – The seven divine spirits – Co-operation of Spirit ; Chapter V. The angels ; Three types of God relatively to the Trinity – Sub-divisions of divine intelligences – Harmony – The seven accords in each body – The celestial world objective to the angels – Its products corresponding to their terrestrial types – Realms of Lucifer – Michael and Uriel, dominions, guardian angels, fidelity, freedom of will – Lucifer, his pride and fall – Hell produced by the ignition of the lower principles – Hell not yet complete – Evil spirits – Lucifer’s knowledge merely scientific, but not divine – An end of hell inconceivable, unless creation were destroyed ; Chapter VI. The restoration of nature ; Mosaic account of the restoration of Nature – The outcast spirits – The allegory of the Flood – The appearance of the light – The seventh day – The separation of the material from the immaterial element of water – Their separation not referring to locality – The conjunction of the fiery and watery essence life – Generation of gold and precious stones – Relative good and evil – The light that shines into the darkness – The sun and the planets – Manifestation of divine wisdom – The sun the life of the stars – The objective planets – Sidereal life – The spirit of the stars – The superiority – The third principle – Man a compendium of Nature and all terrestrial qualities – The soul ; Chapter VII. Man ; Man an image of God – His celestial body – His powers – Eden – The paradise – Man not the equal of God – His free will – Object of the third principle – Object of man’s existence – The heart of God and its antithesis the devil and the terrestrial world – Adam’s fall – The tree of temptation – The protection offered by the terrestrial form against the powers of evil – The weakening of the divine image – How Adam fell asleep – The terrestrial woman the saviour of man – Creation of Eve – Eating the forbidden fruit – The serpent – Adam caused Eve to sin and Eve seduced him – The rise of the desire for the knowledge of good and evil ; Chapter VIII. Nature, or the third principle ; The origin of Nature – Duality – The powers of light and darkness – Lucifer’s influence in the world – The power of God in the inner world – The external sun an image of the divine heart of love – The sun omnipresent – Ruling of the planets – Their good and evil influences – Their living power – Individual life of the earth – Why the earth turns around her axis and around the sun – The four elements and the fifth – Origin of the terrestrial elements – Their attractions and repulsions – Latent qualities in the products of the earth – The vegetable and animal kingdoms – Their relation to paradise – The imperishable inner principle – The spiritual quality – The external form Chapter IX. Generation ; The Logos – The soul in the light of God – Self-will destructive to the perception of the divine idea – The growth of the manifestation of the evil principle – Man creates his own hell – His natural protection by means of external life – The rise of his natural qualities – Primordial man – How he became dense and material – Death – Man’s animal nature – His senses – Will and mind – Temperaments – Origin of his terrestrial desires – Present method of reproduction caused by man’s degradation – The male and the female in one individuality – Primitive generation – Division of sex – Sexual attraction – Its necessity – Generation of soul – Sexual intercourse and its delight – Interaction of divine elements during the same – The nature of the child dependent on the qualities of the parents – Each soul an individual being ; Chapter X. The Christ ; Necessity of divine aid – Mercy – The entering of the spiritual light into the body of humanity – Preparation for redemption was made before the world was created – The Redeemer in man not perceptible until after the fall – The power of the Redeemer pre-eminently manifested in womanhood – The celestial virgin – Her influence over humanity – When redemption became possible – Cain and Abel – Genesis – The descendants of Seth – The three primordial races – The name of Abraham has no terrestrial meaning – It is the antitype of Christ – The sons of Isaac representing the first and the second Adam and the final conquest of the first by the second – The false gods of the sons of Japhet – Their oracles, symbols of celestial things – The power of the Redeemer present in all mankind – Sacrifices – External ceremonies and internal faith – The sacrificial fire not of a terrestrial but of a celestial wood – The light of the Christ represented within the fire – The children of light receiving the substance ; Chapter XI. Incarnation ; The configuration of the person of the Redeemer – The Son of God; the celestial and the terrestrial man – Christ’s terrestrial nature – The necessity of his suffering in the flesh – The terrestrial virgin overshadowed by the virgin of wisdom – The immaculate conception – The restoration of the divine image in man by the power of the Holy Spirit – The glorification of the virgin – The three principles uniting but not commingling in the body of Christ – The eternal Word not mingling with the body and not even with the soul – The soul being penetrated and illuminated by the Word – Christ not a limited human being – This celestial corporeity likened to the sun – The Godhead ; Chapter XII. Redemption ; Means of redemption – The absolute will becoming relative – Necessity of incarnation; the conquest of death – The three temptations – The victory – Christ’s corporeal death – Sacrifice of the self-will and also of the holy love-will – Its entering into the divine will – The transmutation of the body – The resurrection and glorification – The approaching destruction of the whole terrestrial world – The paradisical body – The heaven of the Redeemer ; Chapter XIII. Regeneration ; Spirituality – The living Christ – Christ in man – How to effect regeneration – The nature of true prayer – What is faith? – Spiritual substantiality – The new body – Dangers – The new life – The terrestrial man realising the celestial ideal – The three temptations – Battle between the high and the low – Relation between the outer and inner man – Self-sacrifice – Conquest of evil – Uselessness of external desires – Changes in the physical body of man – Inner perception of Christ – Its realisation after the death of the body – Trials, trouble, and suffering – The mystical death – External and eternal possessions – The finding of salvation ; Chapter XIV. Death and eternal life ; Man’s existence in three worlds – Death of the physical body – The soul in her twofold aspect after the death of the body – The law of spiritual gravitation – The power of self-control lost through death – Heaven and hell – Animal elementaries – Tortured souls – Objectivity and corporeity of mental images after death – Conscience and remorse – No salvation for devils – Suffering, fear, and despair – The redeemed souls in the light of God – Intercourse between spirits and mortals – Sanctified souls – Orthodox superstitions – Miracles – The “Thread-souls” (Sutratma) – Kama loca (Purgatory) – Dead souls – Astral forms of the dead – Prayers and ceremonies for the dead ; Chapter XV. Conclusion ; What to believe – Babel – Christ – The true light – The unknown Church – Humanity – “Practical occultism” – Divinity in Humanity ; Appendix ; Apparitions – Asceticism – Astral spirit – Atonement – The Cross – Death – Doubt – God – Humility – Jesus Christ – Man – Nature – Path – Planets – Principle – Sex – Sophia – Substantiality – Sulphur, salt, and mercury – Word. – index.
sign.: THE-1-7-HART-39
Trefw.: theosofie ; religie ; esoterie ; mystiek ; christelijke mystiek ; theosofie ; esoterie ; occultisme ; God ; mens ; ziel ; geest ; natuur ; schepping ; kosmologie ; Drie-eenheid ; goddelijke wijsheid ; Logos ; Sophia ; engelen ; Lucifer ; goed en kwaad ; …

Hope, R.C.
The legendary lore of the holy wells of England : including rivers, lakes, fountains, and springs, copiously illustrated by curious original woodcuts
by Robert Charles Hope. – London : Elliot Stock, 1893. – xxx, 222 p. : ill. ; 29 cm.
Contents ; Title ; Preface ; Contents ; Introduction ; Works Quoted From ; Illustrations, List of ; Wells Under Respective Counties ; Appendix ; Index ; List of Illustrations ; Doom Well of St. Madron ; Doom Well, Ground Plan ; Laneast ; Linkenhorne ; St. Keyne ; Pelynt: St. Nun’s Well ; Well Chapel, Menacuddle, St. Austell ; Menacuddle: Ground Plan ; St. Basil: Ground Plan ; St. Roche: Wishing Well ; St. Cleer ; Dupath Well ; St. Levan ; St. Breward’s Well ; St. Ruan’s Well, New Grade Chine ; Cardinham: Holy Well ; Cardinham: Ground Plan ; Jesus Well, St. Minver ; Luxulion ; Well of St. Cranhocus, Cranstock ; Well in Court of Rialton Priory ; St. Dominick’s Well ; Becket’s Well, Derby ; Plan of Becket’s Well ; King’s Newton Well ; St. John’s Well on Morwenstow Glebe ; St. Withburga’s Well, East Dereham ; Three Nymphs or Naiads ; Goddess Coventina ; Coventina’s Well, Carrawbrough ; Positions of the Oxford Wells ; St. Oswald’s Well, Oswestry ; Stainland, Yorkshire ; Bretton ; Heath ; St. Chad’s Well, Lastingham ; Semerwater ; Summary of Wells ; Bedfordshire ; Berkshire ; Buckinghamshire ; Cambridgeshire ; Cheshire ; Cornwall ; Cumberland ; Derbyshire ; Devonshire ; Dorsetshire ; Durham ; Essex ; Gloucestershire ; Hampshire ; Herefordshire ; Hertfordshire ; Kent ; Lancashire ; Leicestershire ; Lincolnshire ; Middlesex ; Monmouthshire ; Norfolk ; Northamptonshire ; Northumberland ; Nottinghamshire ; Oxfordshire ; Rutland ; Shropshire ; Somersetshire ; Staffordshire ; Suffolk ; Surrey ; Sussex ; Warwickshire ; Westmoreland ; Wiltshire ; Worcestershire ; Yorkshire. – appendix, index.
sign.: RAN-6-12-HOPE-1

Hughan, W.J.
The Alnwick Manuscript, No. E10 : reproduction and transcript
[Introduction] (p. [v]-xi) signed: Wm. James Hughan “Dunscore,” Torquay, July 4th, 1895. – Newcastle upon Tyne (England) : Privately printed, 1895. – XI, 24, 58, 13, 4 p. ; 28 cm.
“Province of Northumberland and Durham. Societas Rosicruciana in Anglia.” ; This reproduction is dedicated to the late Bro. Edward Thew Turnbull, Percy Place House, Alnwick, and to the late Bro. Adam Robertson, also of Alnwick, who so long and so faithfully took care of this unique record; by the Permanent Committee of the Province of Northumberland and Durham. S. R. I. A. – glossary and notes.
sign.: ESO-4-1-HUGH-1 (DOOS068)
Trefw.: esoterie, rozenkruisers, vrijmetselarij, Alnwick Manuscript

India Lodge
India Lodge ; Minute book 1928-1933
Edinburgh : India Lodge, 1928-1933. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-INDI-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, India Lodge

International
International convention 1934 ; The president’s address delivered at the 59th Annual international convention of The Theosophical Society, Adyar, december 26th to 29th, 1934
by Dr. G.S. Arundale. – Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Society, 1934. – 68 p. : ill. ; 26 cm. – (International Convention ; 1934) – The treasurer’s report / A.J. Hamerster.
sign.: THE-4-2-INTE-1934
Trefw.: theosofie, congresverslagen, conventies, internationale conventies, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

International convention 1935 ; The president’s address delivered at the 60th Annual international convention of The Theosophical Society, Adyar, December 26th to 29th, 1935
Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Society, 1935. – 34 p. ; 25 cm. – (International Convention ; 1935) – The treasurer’s report / E.M. Sellon.
sign.: THE-4-2-INTE-1935
Trefw.: theosofie, congresverslagen, conventies, internationale conventies, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

International convention 1936 ; The president’s address delivered at the 61th Annual international convention of The Theosophical Society, Adyar, December 26th to 29th, 1936
Adyar, Madras, India : The Theosophical Society, 1936. – 48 p. ; 25 cm. – (International Convention ; 1935) – The treasurer’s report / E.M. Sellon ; G. Srinivasa Murti.
sign.: THE-4-2-INTE-1936
Trefw.: theosofie, congresverslagen, conventies, internationale conventies, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

International convention 1937 ; The presidential address delivered at the 62nd Annual international convention of The Theosophical Society, Adyar, december 26th to 30th, 1937
Adyar, Madras : The Theosophical Society, 1937. – 50 p. ; 25 cm. – (Annual Convention ; Adyar, 1937)
Adyar, December 26th to 30th, 1937
sign.: THE-4-2-INTE-1937
Trefw.: theosofie, congresverslagen, conventies, internationale conventies, Theosofische Vereniging, geschiedenis

Jennings, H.
Live lights or dead lights : (altar or table?)
by Hargrave Jennings ; in conjunction with Two Members of the Church of England. – London : John Hodges, 1873. – [30], 199 p. : ill., plates. ; 19 cm.
Contents ; Prefatory analysis – Introductory chapter as to the design and purposes of the book ; The first – Sunday in London ; The second – Sunday in summer ; The third – Symbolic meaning of the various parts of a church ; The fourth – A ritualistic church outside ; The fifth – Ritualism inside a church ; The sixth – Mysteries of the general cross-form ; The seventh – Theurgic mysteries in the different cross-forms ; The eighth – The outside of Westminster Abbey ; The ninth – The inside of Westminster Abbey ; The tenth – Religious confusion of the present time in England ; The eleventh – Rationale of the Blessed Eucharist ; The twelfth – An altar for a victim, or a table for company ; Concluding chapter.
sign.: RAN-4-5-JENN-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, mystiek, christelijke mystiek, kabbala, altaars, bouwkunst, symboliek, architectuur

Jinarajadasa, C.
A theosophical lodge
by C. Jinarajadasa. – z.p. : z.u., 19XX?. – 1 p. ; 26 cm.
sign.: THE-2-10-JINA-192
Trefw.: theosofie, logewerk

Joint Committee
Edinburgh Joint Lodges Minute book = Committee 1925-1941
Edinburgh : Committee Edinburgh Lodge, 1925-1941. – div. p. ; 21 cm.
Joint Committee of Edinburgh Lodges
sign.: THE-4-10-COMM-1 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Edinburgh, Joint Committee

Edinburgh Joint Lodges Minute book = Committee 1957-1966
Edinburgh : Joint Committee Edinburgh Lodges, 1957-1966. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-COMM-3 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Edinburgh, Joint Committee

Kingsland, W.
Christian Science and the problem of Evil
by William Kingsland. – z.p. : W. Kingsland, 1905. – 38 p. ; 28 cm.
sign.: REL-6-7-KING-1 (DOOS068)
Trefw.: theosofie, Christian Science, kwaad

Laurence, R.
The Book of Henoch the prophet, literally translated from the ethiopic
by Richard Laurence ; edited, with variations, and published by John Thomson ; prefatory J.T.. – new edition. – Glasgow : John Thomson, 1882. – xvi, 185 p. ; 17 cm.
sign.: ESO-7-3-BOOK-1a (BWK1)
Trefw.: esoterie, religie, profeten, Henoch, theosofie, kabbala

Leloup, J.-Y.
The gospel of Mary Magdalene
translation from the Coptic and commentary by Jean-Yves LeLoup ; English translation and notes by Joseph Rowe ; foreword by Jacob Needleman. – 1st U.S. ed. – Rochester, Vermont : Inner Traditions, 2002. – xxii, 178 p. : ill. ; 23 cm.
Originally published in French under the title L’Evangile de Marie : Myriam de Magdala. – Paris : Albin Michel, 1997 ; Contents ; Foreword by Jacob Needleman ; Preface: Who is Mary Magdalene? ; The Gospel of Mary ; List of abbreviations ; Introduction ; Part One: The Gospel of Mary Magdalene ; Part Two: Text with commentary ; Bibliography. – bibliography.
ISBN 0892819111
sign.: REL-6-6-LELO-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, Maria Magdalena

Leven Lodge
Leven Lodge minutes ; Theosophical Society : 1910-1927
Durie, Leven : Leven Lodge, 1910-1927. – div. p. ; 32 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-LEVE-1 (DOOS075)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, Leven Lodge

Mann, S.
Alle Karten auf den Tisch : Geschichte der standardisierten Spielkarten aller Welt = All cards on the table : standard playing cards of the world and their history ;
Sylvia Mann ; Redaktion: Detlef Hoffmann, Margot Dietrich, Bärbel Schmidt, Sven Pieper ; Übersetzung: Geschichte der standardisierten Spielkarten aller Welt: Bärbel Schmidt, Sven Pieper Übersetzung: Katalog: Margot Dietrich in Zusammenarbeit mit Werner Dukek ; Gestaltung: Gabriele Rudolph ; Herstellung: Jonas Verlag, Marburg. – Leinfelden-Echterden und Marburg : Jonas Verlag ; Deutsches Spielkarten-Museum, 1990. – 372, [9] p. : ill. ; 26 cm. – (Bestands- und Ausstellungskataloge des Deutschen Spielkarten Museums ; Band 4/1 Text)
Twee banden in foudraal ; Published on the occasion of an exhibition at the Deutsches Spielkarten-Museum Oct. 5, 1990-Sept. 29, 1991 – Literatursiegel = Numbered literature reference ; Bibliographie = bibliography ; Register der Spielkartenbilder = Index of patterns ; Herstellenvereichnis = Makers index by Adrienne Gurr.
ISBN 3922561985
sign.: RAN-7-23-MANN-1I
Trefw.: orakels, kaartspelen, tentoonstellingscatalogi, esoterie

Alle Karten auf den Tisch : Geschichte der standardisierten Spielkarten aller Welt = All cards on the table : standard playing cards of the world and their history ; 2
Sylvia Mann ; Redaktion: Detlef Hoffmann, Margot Dietrich, Bärbel Schmidt, Sven Pieper ; Übersetzung: Geschichte der standardisierten Spielkarten aller Welt: Bärbel Schmidt, Sven Pieper Übersetzung: Katalog: Margot Dietrich in Zusammenarbeit mit Werner Dukek ; Gestaltung: Gabriele Rudolph ; Herstellung: Jonas Verlag, Marburg. – Leinfelden-Echterden und Marburg : Jonas Verlag ; Deutsches Spielkarten-Museum, 1990. – 265 p. : ill. ; 25 cm. – (Bestands- und Ausstellungskataloge des Deutschen Spielkarten Museums ; Band 4/2 Abbildungen der Katalog-Nummern)
Twee banden in foudraal ; Published on the occasion of an exhibition at the Deutsches Spielkarten-Museum Oct. 5, 1990-Sept. 29, 1991
ISBN 3922561985
sign.: RAN-7-23-MANN-1II
Trefw.: orakels, kaartspelen, tentoonstellingscatalogi, esoterie

Martensen, H.L.
Jacob Boehme (1575-1624) : studies in his life and teaching
by Hans L. Martensen (1808 – 1884) Primate Bishop of Denmark ; translated from the Danish by T. Rhys Evans ; new revised edition with notes and appendices by Stephen Hobhouse ; foreword by Canon Peter Green. – new revised ed. – London : Rockcliff, 1949. – xxxiii, 200 p. : ill., facsimile. ; 23 cm.
Contents ; Editor’s introduction ; (i) The mystic—reasons for the present book—tributes to Jacob Boehme ; (ii) The translator and his work ; (iii) The author—biographical sketch of Bishop Martensen ; (iv) The reader—general notes and aids to study ; (v) The manuscripts—the story of a recent discovery ; (vi) The editor—retrospect—his debt to Boehme and William Law ; Postscript: The authority of the Bible ; Author’s preface ; Part I. Boehme and Christian theosophy ; Chapter I. Jacob Boehme as man and author—his life and influence ; Appendix: New light on Boehme’s life—Goerlitz today—Boehme’s MSS—our frontispiece ; Chapter II (i). Character and postulates of ancient theosophy ; (ii) The Jewish origins of theosophy—mediaeval and Reformation developments—white magic and alchemy—Paracelsus—the vision of the inner life of nature ; Chapter III. Boehme’s problem—the God of theology and the God of nature—the idea of nature in God—difficulties of interpretation and language ; Part II. God and the uncreated heaven ; Chapter I (i). Preliminary warning ; (ii) The still abyss and eternal will—imagination and the eternal wisdom—the potential Trinity—nature and spirit—the law of contrast ; Chapter II (i). Manifestation through eternal nature—the seven natural properties ; (ii) The dark nature-centre and the wheel of birth ; (iii) Wrath and love in the Trinity—the glory of God in the uncreated heaven ; Chapter III (i). Critical retrospect—relation of Boehme’s doctrine to ethical conception of God ; (ii) Relation between eternal nature and eternal spirit—objections to the doctrine of the Ungrund ; Chapter IV. The dark nature-principle again—contrast in God, not contradiction—what is false for God is true for man ; Appendix: Berdyaev’s interpretation of Boehme’s doctrine of the Ungrund ; Chapter V. Further retrospect—beauty in God—his glory in the heavens ; Part III. God, creation and man ; Chapter I (i). Creation by God’s fiat out of himself through eternal nature and eternal wisdom—the maiden Sophia—emanation ; (ii) The seven natural properties and the seven spirits in the Apocalypse ; (iii) The life of the angels—derived eternity and time ; Chapter II. Revolt of Satan and origin of evil—ruin of the primaeval creation, and its renovation as described in Genesis—corruption of evolution—evidence of science ; Chapter III. Adam and his fall—the present world—the three principles in man and nature—cosmic significance of man and Christ ; Appendix I: The fall of man—evolution and primordial freedom ; Appendix II: The androgyny of Adam ; Notes: The fall of the angels—the atonement ; Chapter IV (i). Christ the new Adam—the incarnation—the two virgins—the divine man-woman ; (ii) The process of Christ—his resurrection and ascension ; (iii) Regeneration—the sin of Babel—baptism and faith—justification and life—comfort for the melancholy—story of the two souls ; Chapter V. The last things ; (i) State of the soul after death—proximity of heaven and hell—the unchangeable will ; (ii) The magical state—time and space in heaven ; (iii) Criticism of the unchangeable will—salvation of the heathen—end of the world and last judgement ; (iv) Objections to eternal damnation doctrine—no room for hell—omnipotence of love and universal redemption ; Appendix: The doctrine of hell ; Epilogue ; Services to theology of theosophy and mysticism—our need of faith and humility. – appendix, index.
sign.: ESO-14-1-MART-1
Trefw.: esoterie, christelijke mystiek

Matriculation
Matriculation Book ; Lodge Osiris No 60
Glasgow? : No publisher, 1915-1982. – [10] p. ; 34 cm.
Donated by Ian Robertson ; Transcriptie van namen door ChatGPT: 1. Margaret S. Quine : 2. John T. Allan : 3. H. C. Allan : 4. Jas. Johnmann : 5. Barbara Ward : 6. H. Fischer : 7. John A. Wilkie : 8. James G. Renwick : 9. M. F. Campbell : 10. William M. Leccan : 11. Mrs. T. Thomson : 12. James Livingston : 13. Alice Livingston : 14. Janet Shearer : 15. Ellen C. Sherring : 16. Jeanie Darge : 17. Margaret M. McLellan : 18. James A. Wallace : 19. America S. Wallace : 20. B. D. Beer : 21. W. Fraser : 22. John Halgen : 23. J. M. Cameron : 24. Harry Yates : 25. Sophie Yates : 26. Ernest Johnson : 27. Christina J. Milne : 28. R. W. Ramont : 29. Robert Marshall : 30. Theo. Fraser : 31. Elizabeth A. Ferguson : 32. Mary Ann C. Ferguson : 33. Margaret McConnell : 34. Thomas Gifford : 35. Minnie B. Cameron : 36. Evangeline H. [onleesbaar] : 37. B. Blair : 38. H. E. Smith : 39. William T. Beard : 40. Alex. E. Hinge : 41. Mrs. Annie B. Gifford : 42. Annie Simpson Gifford : 43. Cath. G. Gifford : 44. Florence Burnham Fisher : 45. Isabella Robertson : 46. Mary Annie Whyte : 47. Archibald McLellan : 48. Alice Hunter Tait : 49. Annie Chambers : 50. Mary Robertson Wilson : 51. Effie Crawford : 52. James Crawford : 53. Flora MacLeod : 54. Margaret K. Walker : 55. Olive Alfred Rudolf Hamilton : 56. Grace Grigor : 57. Doris Beatrice Wilkie : 58. Mary Ann Campbell [onleesbaar] : 59. Janet Darroch Ferguson, M.A. : 60. Edith A. Millar : 61. May A. Robertson : 62. Maria E. Gilbert : 63. Annie J. Morrison : 64. William Blackwood : 65. Anna Croxton Crichton : 66. Margaret Hiram Currie : 67. Stuart MacArthur Wilson : 68. John Grant Murray : 69. Mary Wilson : 70. Mary D. A. Boyd : 71. Molly Thomson Runciman : 72. Edward Antoin Landy : 73. John Russell : 74. Elsie Ormiston Walker : 75. Helen Wilson Gorrie : 76. Margaret James Sturrock : 77. Joseph Isobel Prentice : 78. Amy Forbes : 79. Annie Thomson Frame : 80. Margaret Haugsted : 81. E. Ross Griffiths : 82. Annie Bayard Brown : 83. Jane McKay : 84. Catherine Robertson : 85. Thomas C. Robertson : 86. Mary Margaret McMillan : 87. Barbara Walter Ross : 88. Julia Hayter Harvey : 89. Jennie Christie : 90. Theodora Campbell : 91. Jean M. Gill : 92. Edith Cleland Muir : 93. John L. Rennie : 94. Ruth Graham : 95. Agnes of Auchinfold : 96. Jessie Jackson : 97. Robina Johnston : 98. Ethel Mary Porteous : 99. Charlotte Elizabeth Maney : 100. John Aird : 101. Jessie R. Johnston : 102. Emily Ann Archer Hardy : 103. Margaret Iona Duncan : 104. Agnes C. Frater : 105. Ellen Margaret Clemons : 106. Mary Robertson Black : 107. Elizabeth Baird McIntosh : 108. Catherine McNab : 109. Agnes Sneddon McWalter : 110. Jane Kennedy King : 111. Margaret McAllan : 112. Emma Pennington : 113. Agnes McLellan Cunningham : 114. Jean Inglis : 115. Margaret C. Elphinstone : 116. Elizabeth Jane Gilles Wright : 117. Doris Taylor : 118. Mary Mutton : 119. Elizabeth Chisholm Cameron : 120. Sarah Ann Glen : 121. Marnie Masterson : 122. William Weir : 123. Alice Robertson : 124. Ellen Nicol Affleck : 125. Hannah Henrietta Stewart Campbell : 126. May Elliot Galloway : 127. Alexandra Ridley : 128. David Reilly : 129. Alexander H. Cunningham : 130. Alexander Tovey Crosby : 131. Clara Brown : 132. Elizabeth Mushet : 133. Elizabeth McAndrew : 134. Margaret McLaren : 135. Helen Love : 136. Jean Sinclair : 137. Elizabeth P. Bruce : 138. Flora McKinley : 139. Alfdin Man : 140. Joseph Rogan : 141. Capt. W. P. Ferrari : 142. James Pyper : 143. Peter Cullen : 144. Alexander J. Moos : 145. Katharine Moos : 146. Robert W. R. Brydson : 147. F. L. Jones : 148. Sidney Abson Rowe.
sign.: ESO-4-1-MATR-1
Trefw.: esoterie, vrijmetselarij, ledenlijsten, Lodge Osiris, Osiris Lodge, No. 60, inwijdingen, verheffingen

McColman, C.
The big book of Christian mysticism : the essential guide to contemplative spirituality
Carl McColman. – Charlottesville, VA : Hampton Roads Publishing Companyq, 2010. – 309 p. ; 23 cm.
Preface ; Part I: The Christian mystery ; Chapter 1: Hidden in plain sight ; Chapter 2: Defining mysticism ; Chapter 3: How mysticism became Christian ; Chapter 4: The evolution of Christian mysticism ; Chapter 5: Christian mysticism and world mysticism ; Chapter 6: Why mysticism matters ; Chapter 7: The mystical paradoxes ; Chapter 8: Christianity’s best-kept secret ; Part II: The contemplative life ; Chapter 9: The mystical body ; Chapter 10: Kenosis and perichoresis ; Chapter 11: The path of holiness ; Chapter 12: The journey that isn’t a journey ; Chapter 13: Lectio Divina ; Chapter 14: The heavenly conversation ; Chapter 15: Prayer beyond words ; Chapter 16: Wood, water, and wine ; Chapter 17: The heart of the mystery ; Appendix A: The communion of mystics ; Appendix B: A contemplative reading list ; Appendix C: Online resources ; Endnotes ; Selected bibliography ; Recent and contemporary Christian contemplatives ; Resources on Christian mysticism ; Other worthwhile sources. – appendices, endnotes, selected bibliography, index.
ISBN 9781571746245
sign.: REL-2-2-MCCO-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, christelijke mystiek, spiritualiteit

Mercury Lodge
Mercury Lodge ; Minute book 1927-1936
Edinburgh : Mercury Lodge, 1927-1936. – div. p. ; 24 cm.
Cash book also
sign.: THE-4-10-MERC-1 (DOOS075)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Mercury Lodge

Morningside Lodge
Morningside Lodge ; Minute book 1926-1966
Edinburgh : Morningside Lodge, 1926-1966. – div. p. ; 26 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-MORN-1 (DOOS075)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Morningside Lodge

MSS : The Lotus Journal (typed manuscript) [Tijdschrift]
1902.
Trefw.: theosofie, tijdschriften, manuscripten, The Lotus Lodge Journal of the Theosophical Society, C. W. Leadbeater ; Herbert Whyte ; Daisy Whyte ; Iro Rae ; Margaret Sidley ; Spence Whyte ; Daisy Dyne ; Mr Willson ; Mrs Whyte ; Miss E. M. Mallet ; G. Dyne ; B…

New
The New Education Fellowship – Glasgow Branch session – 1927·1928
Glasgow : The New Education Fellowship, Glasgow Branch, 1928?. – 4 p. : ill. ; 24 cm.
Contents: Dalcroze Eurhythmics : nNotes from a Lecture given by M. Jacques Dalcroze to The New Education Fellowship at Montreux Conference. ; Public Lectures ; The Relativity of Freedom : Summary of Speech by Mrs. Beatrice Ensor, Editor of “The New Era,” given at Locarno, August, 1927.
sign.: RAN-9-3-NEW-1
Trefw.: onderwijs, educatie, opvoeding

Newspaper
Newspaper cuttings ; 1910
z.p. : z.u., 1910. – div. p. ; 33 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-NEWS-4
Trefw.: theosofie, krantenknipsels, Engeland, history, geschiedenis, Theosophical Society

Newspaper cuttings ; 1911-1914
z.p. : z.u., 1911-1914. – div. p. : ill. ; 30 cm. – (Newspaper Cuttings ; 1911-1914)
September, 1911 – April, 1914
sign.: THE-4-10-NEWS-1 (DOOS072)
Trefw.: theosofie, krantenknipsels, Engeland, history, geschiedenis, Theosophical Society

Newspaper cuttings ; 1913
z.p. : z.u., 1913. – div. p. ; 30 cm. – (Newspaper Cuttings ; 1913)
March, 1913 – October, 1913
sign.: THE-4-10-NEWS-2 (DOOS73)
Trefw.: theosofie, krantenknipsels, Engeland, history, geschiedenis, Theosophical Society

Newspaper cuttings ; 1914
z.p. : z.u., 1914. – div. p. : ill. ; 30 cm. – (Newspaper Cuttings ; 1914)
April, 1914 – June, 1914
sign.: THE-4-10-NEWS-3 (DOOS73)
Trefw.: theosofie, krantenknipsels, Engeland, history, geschiedenis, Theosophical Society

Off, L.A.
Analysis of man as suggested by theosophy
read by Miss L.A. Off before Los Angeles T.S.. – New York : Theosophical Society ; American Section, 1891. – 8 p. : ill. ; 20 cm. – (Department of Branchwork ; Paper No. 12, February, 1891)
sign.: THE-7-11-DEPA-12
Trefw.: theosofie

Olcott Lodge
Olcott Lodge ; Cash Book 1955-1966
Olcott Lodge : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1955-1966. – div. p. ; 17 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-5 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge, Edinburgh

Olcott Lodge ; Membership Book 1927-1964
Olcott Lodge : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1927-1964. – div. p. ; 18 cm.
Olcott Lodge T.S. in Scotland
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-4 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge, Edinburgh

Olcott Lodge ; Minute book: February, 1910 to February, 1931
The Orpheus Lodge was signed by: Mrs. J. W. Pagan, President ; Mr. Alex. Martin Elder, Secretary ; Miss Jennie G. Pagan, Treasurer ; Miss Pinkham ; Miss D. J. H. Elder ; Mr. W. Johnston ; Mr. Williamson Stewart ; Application for a charter for the Lodge to be known as the “Orient” Lodge was signed by: Mr. James Morison, President ; Mr. Thos. Bryce, Secretary & Treasurer ; Mrs. Reagan ; Mrs. Robertson ; Miss Douglas Grant ; Mr. Elder ; Aanwezige leden (derde foto): Mrs. Archd. Macdonald ; Mr. M. F. Buchanan, Secretary ; Mr. P. Bale, Treasurer ; Miss K. O’Gilivray ; Miss V. Bellingen ; Mr. Cardwell ; Mr. D. Graham Dale.. – Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1910-1931. – div. p. ; 27 cm.
Theosophical Society in Scotland – Olcott Lodge Minute Book – Date of Charter 6th February, 1910
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-1 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge, Edinburgh

Olcott Lodge ; Minute book: February, 1931 to September, 1939
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1931-1939. – div. p. ; 26 cm.
Minutes of meeting of Olcott Lodge ; Membership March 1932: Mrs Annie Bolt ; Edwin C. Bolt ; Mrs M. Bowie ; Mrs E. Bowie ; Mrs Welch Brown ; W. Welch Brown ; Mrs J. Wilson Brown ; Miss J. Chalmers ; Mrs M. Dallas ; N. A. Ellingsen ; Mrs C. Geddes ; Dr. A. Gold ; J. Grant ; Mrs Grieve ; Miss J. C. Grieve ; Miss D. J. Harbert ; M. A. Harding ; Miss E. K. Herd ; Mrs L. Kilpatrick ; T. D. Lindsay ; Z. Lucas ; J. McNeil ; J. Mewhort ; Mrs Mewhort ; H. Perrier ; Mrs Perrier ; Miss J. D. Reid ; A. J. Rosa ; Miss A. M. Stephenson ; Miss H. G. Taylor ; Miss M. S. H. Taylor ; Mrs A. G. Whatmough ; H. E. Whatmough ; Miss W. Williamson ; Miss D. E. Willis ; Miss M. Wilson ; President: F. C. Bolt ; H. E. Whatmough ; Vice-Presidents: Miss Stephenson ; Mrs Kilpatrick ; Mrs Bolt ; Mrs Bowie ; Mrs Bowie ; W. G. Welch Brown ; Mrs Welch Brown ; Mrs Wilson Brown ; Mrs Whatmough ; Mrs Dallas ; Mrs Bolt ; Secretary: Miss M. A. Harding ; Treasurer: Mrs Whatmough ; Mrs Dallas ; Mrs Bolt ; Seven Members of Lodge Council: Mrs Bolt ; Mrs Bowie ; Mrs Bowie ; W. G. Welch Brown ; Mrs Welch Brown ; Mrs Wilson Brown ; Mrs Whatmough ; Magazine Convener: Mrs Whatmough ; Tea & Social Convener: Mrs Dallas ; National Propaganda Fund Delegates to Joint Committee of Edinburgh Lodges: Mrs Stephenson ; Mrs Kilpatrick ; E. C. Bolt ; N. A. Ellingsen ; A. Gold ; Transferred to Brixton Lodge, T.S. (England): Miss E. Allin ; Transferred to Morningside Lodge, T.S. (Scotland): Miss M. J. Quadras. ; 1932: Mrs Emily Brown ; William Welch Brown ; Miss Sara Burns ; Miss J. W. Chalmers ; Narve Adolph Ellingsen ; Dr Andrew Gold ; Mrs J. Geddes ; Miss Jessie Grieve ; Maurice A. Harding ; Miss E. K. Herd ; Miss Florence Hope ; Mrs L. Kilpatrick ; A. E. Laxton ; T. D. Lindsay ; Mrs Macdonald ; Mrs Dorothy Perrier ; Harry Perrier ; Mrs Pottie ; Miss J. D. Reid ; Miss Alice M. Stephenson ; Miss H. G. Taylor ; Miss M. S. H. Taylor ; Miss W. Williamson ; Miss D. E. Willis ; Miss M. J. H. Wilson. Dr Gold, President ; Miss Stephenson, Vice-President ; Mrs Welch Brown, Vice-President ; Mrs Kilpatrick, Secretary ; Mrs E. W. Brown, Assistant Secretary ; Mr Harding, Treasurer ; Miss Taylor, Lodge Council ; Miss Williamson, Lodge Council ; Miss Wilson, Lodge Council ; Miss Wilson, Theosophist Circles ; Miss H. Taylor, Theosophist Circles (to assist) ; Miss Stephenson, Joint Committee (Edinburgh Lodges) ; Mrs Kilpatrick, Joint Committee (Edinburgh Lodges) ; Mrs Kilpatrick, Book-boxes. ; Mr S. Fru ; Mr C. D. Poole ; Mrs Annie Bolt ; E. C. Bolt ; Miss M. R. Forbes ; Mrs Thomas ; Miss Turnbull ; Mrs Whatmough ; Miss S. Burns ; Mr Pru. ; 1938: Mrs Fanny Booth ; Mrs Elinor Welch Brown ; William Welch Brown ; Miss S. Burns ; Miss M. J. Cuadras ; Miss E. Deuchars ; Mrs M. Dickson ; Mrs I. Geddes ; Miss H. Gregory ; Miss E. Grieve ; Miss J. Grieve ; Mrs M. V. Grieve ; Maurice A. Harding ; William S. Harley ; Miss E. K. Herd ; Miss F. M. Hope ; Mrs S. Jarvis ; Mrs L. Kilpatrick ; A. E. Laxton ; T. D. Lindsay ; Miss Mary Minto ; Mrs Novakovitch ; Mrs Dorothy Perrier ; H. E. Perrier ; Mrs M. Pottie ; Miss J. D. Reid ; Miss A. M. Stephenson ; Miss H. G. Taylor ; Miss M. S. H. Taylor ; Miss W. Williamson ; Miss M. Wilson. ; Miss E. Black ; Mrs Annie Bolt ; Edwin C. Bolt ; Mrs J. Wilson Brown ; Miss M. R. Forbes ; Mrs M. Thomas ; Miss I. Turnbull ; Mrs A. Whatmough ; Edward Wren. ; Miss Stephenson, President ; Mrs Welch Brown, Vice-President ; Mrs Kilpatrick, Secretary ; Mr Harding, Treasurer ; Miss Wilson, Theosophist Circles Convener ; Miss H. G. Taylor, Lodge Council ; Miss Williamson, Lodge Council ; Miss Stephenson, Delegate to Joint-Comm. of Edin. Lodges ; Mrs Welch Brown, Delegate to Joint-Comm. of Edin. Lodges.
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-2 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge, Edinburgh

Olcott Lodge ; Minute book: February, 1955 – January, 1965
London : Theosophical Society in England, 1955-1965. – div. p. ; 33 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-6 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge

Olcott Lodge ; Minute book: October, 1939 to January, 1955
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1939-1955. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-OLCO-3 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Olcott Lodge, Edinburgh

Olcott, H.S.
Letters from H.S. Olcott
H.S. Olcott ; Annie Besant. – Adyar : z.u., 1907. – 16, 2 p. ; 27 cm.
sign.: THE-2-O-1-OLCO-15 (DOOS068)
Trefw.: theosofie, brieven

Orpheus Lodge
Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book 1925-1939
Edinburgh : Orpheus Lodge, 1925-1939. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-10 (DOOS077)

Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book I: 1910-1915
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1910-1915. – div. p. : portr. ; 24 cm.
Orpheus Lodge of the Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book – May, 1910
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-1 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh

Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book II: 1915-1917
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1915-1917. – div. p. ; 20 cm.
Orpheus Lodge of the Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute Book II – May, 1915
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-2 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh

Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book III: 1918-1925
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1918-1925. – div. p. ; 20 cm.
Orpheus Lodge of the Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute Book III – May, 1918
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-3 (DOOS069)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh

Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book V: 1939-1954
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1939-1954. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Orpheus Lodge – Minute Book – June 1939
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-5 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh

Orpheus Lodge ; Minute book VI: 1954-1964
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1954-1964. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Orpheus Lodge – Minute Book – January 1954
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-6 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh

Orpheus Lodge ; Record of activities I: 1910-1955
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1910-1955. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Orpheus Lodge record Theosophical Socieyt in Scotland
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-7 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minutes books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh, activiteiten, lezingen, voordrachten

Orpheus Lodge ; Record of activities II: 1956-1967
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1956-1967. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Orpheus Lodge activities Vol. II 1956 –
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-8 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minutes books, Orpheus Lodge, Edingburgh, activiteiten, lezingen, voordrachten

The Orpheus Lodge Theosophical Society 28 Great King Street Edinburgh
President- Miss I.M. Pagan ; Hon. Secy. and Treas.- Mrs. Blaine Douglas. – Edinburgh : The Orpheus Lodge, 1914?. – 3 p. ; 26 cm.
Transcriptie van de tekst: THE ORPHEUS LODGE was founded on 6th February 1910 as one of the daughters of the Mother Lodge of Edinburgh, in order to constitute the number of Lodges required to form a Scottish Section of the Theosophical Society, and with a view to helping forward the work of that Society in cordial co-operation with other local Lodges. It also cherished the hope of carrying Theosophical study into the field of art by giving illustrated lectures on comparative religious art, or on music, poetry, the higher drama and other appropriate subjects, and by lending its auspices, or other practical assistance of its members, to the artistic production of worthy work, whether ancient or modern. The carrying out of these hopes has been made easier through the welcome help of many talented artists, musicians, and actors—both professional and amateur—outside the Society; and Orpheus Members have, in their turn, co-operated with other Societies or coteries bent on similar work. Among the great dramas studied and in part produced under Orpheus Lodge or Theosophical auspices in Edinburgh may be named Shakespeare’s King Lear, Ibsen’s Emperor and Galilean (Part I.), Ibsen’s Peer Gynt, John Masefield’s Pompey the Great, and Rabindranath Tagore’s Sacrifice. Illustrated lectures have often been given, singly or in series, on great musical dramas such as Wagner’s Ring of the Nibelung, Tristan and Isolde, Parsifal, Tannhäuser, Lohengrin, Mozart’s Magic Flute, Gluck’s Orpheus and Euridice, Holst’s Savitri, Elgar’s Dream of Gerontius, Maeterlinck’s Bluebird, as also on the works of great novelists, poets, and musicians—Browning, Tennyson, Scott, Masefield, William Morris, George Meredith, George Eliot, Bulwer Lytton, Kipling, De Morgan, George MacDonald, Chopin, Lizt, and Scriabine, special heed being given to their outlook on life and its problems, and their treatment of philosophical and religious beliefs. The Orpheus Lodge is affiliated to the Arts League of Service, and is warmly interested in the fine work done by that organisation; as also in the achievements of the Theosophical Fellowship of Arts and Crafts; and in 1914 its officials organised a study group which attended the Stratford-on-Avon Shakespeare Festival. Individual Orpheus Lodge Members are encouraged to affiliate with other Lodges whose programmes of study may attract them, and it is also hoped that an increasing number of Members from other Lodges will affiliate with the Orpheus and so help to further the work which reaches many who do not care for lectures, but who are stirred to deeper and more spiritual thought when noble teaching is presented in artistic form. Affiliated membership (2/6 a-year) is open only to those who are Members of the Theosophical Society already; but those who are in sympathy with the artistic ideals held, and who desire to forward the study and production of great works not often available for the public, are welcome to join the Orpheus Lodge as Associates (Subscription, 5/- per annum), whether they are Members of the Theosophical Society or not. President—Miss I. M. PAGAN. Hon. Secy. and Treas.— Mrs BLAINE DOUGLAS.
sign.: THE-4-10-ORPH-9
Trefw.: theosofie, Orpheus Lodge, Edinburgh, informatie

Perkins, J.S.
60th Annual Convention = convention everywhere * Olcott Series . Summer, 1946 *
preface James S. Perkins, National President. – Olcott, Wheaton, Illinois : The Theosophical Press, 1946. – IV, 42 p. ; 19 cm. – (Olcott Series ; Summer, 1946)
Contents ; Preface, III ; To My Brothers of The Theosophical Society in America / C. Jinarajadasa, 1 ; The Spirit of the Future / John Coats, 6 ; The Unity of Life and Matter / Clara Codd, 9 ; Double or Nothing / James S. Perkins, 11 ; The New National Program (Committee Reports) ; Worker Training, 21 ; Field Development, 25 ; Integration of Theosophy and Modern Thought, 26 ; Public Study Courses, 31 ; Publicity Pamphlets, 36 ; Headquarters Expansion, 40.
sign.: THE-4-2-PERK
Trefw.: theosofie, conventies

Portobello Lodge
Portobello Lodge ; Accounts Book 1918-1964
Edinburgh : Portobello Lodge, 1918-1964. – div. p. ; 32 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-PORT-3 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, kasboeken, Portobello Lodge

Portobello Lodge ; Minute book 1918-1950
Edinburgh : Portobello Lodge, 1918-1950. – div. p. ; 20 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-PORT-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Portobello Lodge

Portobello Lodge ; Minute book 1950-1964
Edinburgh : Portobello Lodge, 1950-1964. – div. p. ; 26 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-PORT-2 (DOOS075)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Portobello Lodge

Propositions
Propositions for the General Council T.S. (Circulated February, 1930)
Adyar, Madras, India : Recording Secretary, 1930. – 40, 12 p. ; 25 cm.
sign.: THE-4-2-GC-1930I
Trefw.: theososfie, General Council

Raleigh, A.S.
Hermetic science of motion and number : a course of private lessons
by Dr. A.S. Raleigh, Late official scribe of The Hermetic Brotherhood. – Mokelumne Hill, California ; Chicago, Illinois : Helath Research ; Geo. W. Wiggs, 197X?. – 68, [4] p. ; 28 cm.
Table of contents: Lesson I: The law of motion, showing how all material forms are merely the product of definite rates of motion in the ether, and how even the energies and forces of nature are merely the product of definite rates of motion. The entire field of vibration is therein reduced to an exact science ; Lesson II: The law of opposites, showing the electro-magnetic polarity of all things in nature, as the cause of their differentiation, thus giving the key to things in themselves, viewed in the abstract, and not merely in the relative, and the concrete ; Lesson III: The law of balance, showing the perfect balance of all things, when the pairs of opposites are made to balance one another; thus showing the working of the law of compensation throughout all nature ; Lesson IV: The law of rhythm, showing all opposite principles to be merely the positive and negative poles of the same thing ; Lesson V: The music of the spheres, showing the music of the spheres to be a fact in nature, and the relation of the same to astronomy and vibration ; Lesson VI: The rhythm of life, showing the nature of life and giving an analysis of the rhythm which results in life ; Lesson VII: The rhythm of mind, giving the nature of mind and the rhythm which manifests itself as mind, giving the origin of the diverse faculties, and the cause of the various functional areas of the brain, the genesis of thought ; Lesson VIII: The key note, showing the organization and integrity of all bodies to be due to the harmonious co-operation of the vibratory forces constituting them; in fact gravitation itself is shown to be merely a matter of the key note applied to molecular vibration ; Lesson IX: The esoteric meaning of color, showing that the color of any object depends solely upon the rate of vibration within the component atoms, also giving the signification of all auric colors on the same principle ; Lesson X: The building of the cosmos, showing conclusively that all form is merely a result of definite rates of vibration, and therefore, that the cosmos was built through vibration ; Lesson XI: The fourth dimension of space, being an analytical discussion of the fourth dimension ; Lesson XII: The fifth dimension of space. In this lesson the principle of vibration is extended to the discussion of the fifth dimension of space, and an ultimate science of fifth dimensional nature founded thereon.
sign.: ESO-15-1-RALE-1 (DOOS068)
Trefw.: esoterie, hermetica

Sinnett, A.P.
The “Occult World phenomena” and the Society for Psychical Research, with a protest by Madame Blavatsky
by A.P. Sinnett, author of “The Occult World,” “Esoteric Buddhism,” &c. ; with a protest by Madame Blavatsky. – London : George Redway, 15 York Street, Covent Garden, 1886. – 63 p. ; 26 cm.
sign.: THE-1-5-SINN-60a (DOOS068)
Trefw.: theosofie, occultisme, parapsychologie, kritieken

Taimni, I.K.
The religion we need : an integrated approach to the search for reality
I.K. Taimni. – z.p. : z.u., 19XX. – 7 p. ; 31 cm.
sign.: THE-2-T-2-TAIM-31
Trefw.: religie, theosofie, benadering, werkelijkheid

Taylor, J.
Bishop Jeremy Taylor’s Life of Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. A revised edition with notes by the Rev. Robert Philip ; also The Lives, acts and martyrdoms of the Holy Apostles of Our Saviour, to which are added lives of the two evangelists: St. Mark and St. Luke, by William Cave
Bishop Jeremy Taylor ; a revised edition with notes by the Rev. Robert Philip ; William Gave. – London : George Virtue, 1836. – xii, 705 p. ; 28 cm.
Both works earlier editions titles vary: Taylor’s first pub. 1649 under title; The great exemplar of sanctity and holy life according to the Christian institution and later: Antiquitates christianæ: Cave’s first pub. 1675, under title: Antiquitates apostolicæ: or, The lives, acts, and martyrdoms of the holy apostles of Our Saviour
sign.: REL-6-4-TAYL-1
Trefw.: religie, christendom, Jezus, geschiedenis

The Open Court, a fortnightly journal devoted to the work of establishing ethics and religion upon a scientific basis = The open court, a monthly magazine : devoted to the science of religion, the religion of science, and the extension of the religious parliament idea [Tijdschrift]
1889/1890.
Trefw.: religie, wetenschap, tijdschriften

The Prasnottara : being questions and answers on topics of interest to theosophists [Tijdschrift]
Issued by the Indian Section of the Theosophical Society; 1902.
Trefw.: theosofie, tijdschriften, India, Bhagavadgita, homeopathie, persoonlijkheid, kathopanishad, advaita yoga, maya, witte lotusdag, religie, hindoeïsme, Upanishads, theosofie

The Theosophical Society British Section
The Theosophical Society, British Section ; Seventeenth annual Convention (fifth under the present title) held in London, on Saturday and Sunday, Juyly 6th and 7th, 1907 – Report of proceedings
London : The Theosophical Society British Section ; Women’s Printing Society, 1907. – 40, [4] p. ; 25 cm. – (Report of Proceedings ; 1907)
sign.: THE-4-1-BRIT-1907
Trefw.: theosofie, conventies, geschiedenis, rapporten

The Theosophical Society, British Section ; Sixteenth annual Convention (fourth under the present title) held in London, on Saturday and Sunday, Juyly 7th and 8th, 1906 – Report of proceedings
London : The Theosophical Society British Section ; Women’s Printing Society, 1906. – 48, [4] p. ; 25 cm. – (Report of Proceedings ; 1906)
sign.: THE-4-1-BRIT-1906a
Trefw.: theosofie, conventies, geschiedenis, rapporten

Theosophical Order of Service
Theosophical Order of Service ; Minute book 1924-1928
Edinburgh : Theosophical Order of Service, 1924-1928. – div. p. ; 20 cm.
Bijlagen:
sign.: THE-4-10-ORDE-1 (DOOS074)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, Theosofische Orde van Dienst, TOS, Theosophical Order of Service

Theosophical Society in Scotland
Register of Deeds, &t books of council and session 1909-1959
Edinburgh : Edinburgh Lodge of the Theosophical Society, 1909. – div. p. ; 34 cm.
On cover: Edinburgh Library Trust (1959)
sign.: THE-4-10-LIBR-4 (BWK1)
Trefw.: theosofie, catalogi, bibliotheekcatalogi

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Correspondence 1900-1903
The General Secretary J. Lorimer Thomson ??. – Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1900-1903. – div. p. ; 29 cm. – (TSS Correspondence ; 1900-1903)
sign.: THE-4-10-CORR-1 (DOOS073)
Trefw.: theosofie, brieven, correspondentie, briefwisselingen

Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council 1910-1919
Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1919-1919. – div. p. ; 34 cm. – (Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council ; 1910-1919)
sign.: THE-4-10-TSS-1 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, TSS, Theosophical Society in Scotland, minute books

Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council 1919-1926
Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1919-1926. – div. p. ; 34 cm. – (Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council ; 1919-1926)
sign.: THE-4-10-TSS-2 (DOOS071)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, TSS, Theosophical Society in Scotland, minute books

Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council 1927-1940
Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1927-1940. – div. p. ; 34 cm. – (Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council ; 1927-1940)
sign.: THE-4-10-TSS-3 (DOOS072)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, TSS, Theosophical Society in Scotland, minute books

Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council 1941-1967
Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1949-1967. – div. p. ; 34 cm. – (Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council ; 1941-1967)
sign.: THE-4-10-TSS-4 (DOOS071)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, TSS, Theosophical Society in Scotland, minute books

Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council 1967-1972
Edinburgh : The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1967-1972. – div. p. ; 27 cm. – (Theosophical Society in Scotland – Minute book National Council ; 1967-1972)
sign.: THE-4-10-TSS-5 (DOOS070)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, TSS, Theosophical Society in Scotland, minute books

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Accounts Book 1932-1939
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1932-1939. – 143 p. ; 33 cm.
TSS Accounts 1932-1939 ; Donated by Ian Robertson
sign.: THE-4-10-ACCO-1 (BWK1)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, kasboeken, accounts books

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Accounts Book 1954-1961
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1954-1961. – div. p. ; 33 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-ACCO-2 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, kasboeken, accounts books

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Accounts Book 1979-1995
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1979-1995. – div. p. ; 33 cm.
sign.: THE-4-10-ACCO-3 (BWK1)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, minute books, kasboeken, accounts books

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Correspondence 1910-1912
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1910-1912. – div. p. ; 29 cm.
Damaged ; April, 1910 – October 1912
sign.: THE-4-10-CORR-4 (DOOS076)
Trefw.: A8 – Theosophical

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Correspondence 1903-1905
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1903-1905. – div. p. ; 28 cm.
Damaged ; December 1903 – May 1905
sign.: THE-4-10-CORR-2 (DOOS075)
Trefw.: theosofie

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Correspondence 1905-1906
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1905-1906. – div. p. ; 28 cm.
Damaged ; May 1905 – June 1906
sign.: THE-4-10-CORR-3
Trefw.: theosofie

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Minute book of the House Committee 1924-1929
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1924-1929. – div. p. ; 26 cm.
Theosophical Society in Scotland; Minute book of the House Committee (Sub-Committee of National CouncilO)
sign.: THE-4-10-HOUS-1 (DOOS078)
Trefw.: theosofie, notulenboeken, House Committee, minute books, Edinburgh

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Visiting Lectures 1925-1930
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1925-1929. – div. p. ; 23 cm.
Book I. Visiting lectures from 1926 ; Also: “The new awareness” ; Theosophical Society in Scotland. Eastern Disctrict Report 1934-35 ; Life form ; Imagination – the game of childhood
sign.: THE-4-10-VISI-2 (DOOS077)
Trefw.: theosofie, bezoekers, lezingen, voordrachten

Theosophical Society in Scotland ; Visitor’s Book 1911-1972 – (begins with Annie Besant’s signature)
Edinburgh : Theosophical Society in Scotland, 1911-1972. – div. p. ; 33 cm.
Theosophical Society in Scotland – Headquarters: 28 Great KIng Street, Edinburgh – Visitors Book: Annie Besant ; D. Graham Pole ; J. Lorimer Thomson ; Esther Bright ; B. S. Davidson ; L. M. King ; Frances Hepburn ; L. Dawson Crawford M.A. ; C. W. Scott-Moncrieff M.C. ; Isabel Stead ; L. Rosabella Hale ; H. C. Allan ; Agnes C. Cuthbert ; Mamie Bellinger ; Violet M. Ellingreen ; Lisa M. Kerr ; Louisa E. Meers ; E. A. King ; W. Walker ; Casking ; A. R. Hemsted ; E. S. Ingram ; J. B. Webster ; Elsie Barker ; Thos. Duff ; Johnnie McEwan ; Frances Arundale ; Florence Baskingill ; Lizzie Alexander ; Joseph Taylor ; Charles Goldsack ; Wm. Wright ; L. M. McDonald ; A. M. M. Reid ; Catherine Forbes ; Annie L. Forbes ; O. Hakshtmana Swami ; Marjorie L. Grant ; E. G. M. Bowie ; Sophie Atkinson ; Leslie Harvey ; M. E. Davidson ; Jas. L. Leddie ; Constance Scott-Moncrieff ; L. C. Somerville-Brown ; Katharine A. Wardrop ; Mate E. Suttie ; Christina Young ; Dora Walker ; Agnes Taylor ; Mrs. Percy Taylor ; S. F. Normand ; Percy Taylor ; Margaret W. O. Bailey ; M. G. Midloth ; Clare Hamilton ; C. Maxwell Harrison ; Annie B. Clay ; Margaret Macmillan ; J. Nirgamanandam ; J. Krishnamurti ; George S. Arundale ; Emily Hay ; S. Maud Sharpe ; R. D. Christie ; L. D. Twisti ; James Buchanan ; John Mason Allan ; Rob. Luke ; Olga Ihack ; Hector Leacock ; Helen Libbra ; Hannah M. Hay ; M. F. Campbell ; P. M. Kerr ; J. Stewart ; J. D. Hope ; J. Mary Mears ; Percy Dastion ; Isabelle M. Pagan ; Jeanie E. Pagan ; John Allan ; Wm. Sellars ; John A. Mackenzie ; Margaret Arrowsmith ; Margaret Theodora Griffith ; Dorothy J. H. Elder ; Geo. Mackenzie ; Wm Palmer Chapman ; Mr MacKenzie Cobbe ; Laurence W. M. ; O. Tillingworth ; M. W. Ferguson ; M. Welby ; E. Homdust ; Jessie H. Toler ; Fred Haring ; Elizabeth Erskine Watt ; Miss F. Hodges ; James Sine Waterson ; Beatrix E. Hewat ; J. G. A. Hewat ; J. C. A. Hewat ; Mrs Rachel Cadwallader Congdon ; Mrs Elina Frida Van Ohl ; Charles Langley ; C. N. Stewart ; Mrs C. H. Pogue ; E. Oves ; Mrs Scott ; Ann Bevan ; Marie Russak ; J. J. Wedgwood ; E. H. C. Pagan ; Mabel Bevan-Scott ; C. Meredith ; Margaret Morris ; Marie Barnard Russak ; J. A. C. Kingdon ; H. Fischer ; Wm McLellan ; C. M. Ellingen ; L. Caldwell ; Whit Allen ; J. Cormin Thomas ; O. V. Nielsen ; Jessie Pagan ; James Morison ; H. A. Morison ; W. G. C. Johnston ; James Allan ; Frances Hay ; B. Gilruth ; Belle Adie ; M. C. A. Flythoye ; Mrs Hay ; Helen Buchanan ; Davie Pinkham ; Jessie Garrow ; John Lusk ; Bertha Martine ; J. M. Buchanan ; John A. Wilkie ; Maud Boughton Head ; H. M. Hay ; Bessie Chambers ; Mrs A. C. Macdonald ; Isabella M. Pagan ; Dora Wolfer ; Chas. R. Young ; Mrs G. B. Young ; Mary B. Lusk ; Mrs R. Head ; Margaret Cassels ; John McLean ; M. A. Macaulay Smith ; J. D. Crawford ; U. O. Cuthbert ; Mrs Smith ; J. M. Brown ; Jessie H. Elder ; Edith Fyfe ; Margaret Macmellan ; H. C. Allen ; Capron ; R. L. Christie ; L. J. Christie ; D. J. Harbert ; A. C. Duncowe ; Edith M. Fyfe ; J. Dunsdale Banks ; Rev. E. B. Hill ; Mrs Hill ; Barbara A. Mackie ; A. Bennett Philip ; Hettie I. W. Pandrogy ; Selene Oppenheimer ; Ian Ramming Loughasleigh ; Donald Fraser M.A., M.B., Ch.M. ; Agnes Fraser ; Isabel J. Toler ; James A. Allan ; H. Buchanan ; Wm Smith ; Margaret Meadow Griffith ; Margaret Brosmith ; J. Nityananda ; Violet Spencer ; W. Foster Simpson ; Margaret Wilson Toughson ; Ernest Johnson ; Damodar Krishna Bhane ; Dora Rowden ; Barbara Poustkline ; H. Alison Russell ; Carol Russell ; Alfred Ernest Hamster ; Anna Kamensky ; Jane B. Edwards ; Ellen Margaret Munroorley ; Wm Hill ; John M. Forsyth ; Margaret Martin ; Helena Edmees ; William Bell ; Isabella Margaret Henderson ; Alexander Baillie ; Sophia Atkinson ; Mary H. Heslop ; Milly Mansfield ; Hugh Chaplin ; Joan Beaumont ; Gertrude E. Rodcliffe ; Nellie J. L. Owens ; N. A. Bellinger ; Dr Ouseley ; Jean R. Birndley ; Herr A. C. Elder ; David Russell ; Margaret McMillan ; Jane Stewart-Smith ; Elizabeth L. Bryson ; L. Consuelo Gale ; W. F. Simpson ; John F. Allen ; Hy. Hopf ; Wm. J. Thomson ; James Hepburn ; Alex. Lusk ; Margaret Carrick ; Isabella Mears ; Bertha Martini ; Mabel H. Allen ; Nora Peters-Poulkin Smith ; Lena Barbal ; Mrs Chambers ; M. S. H. Taylor ; M. Bellinger ; K. A. Wardrop ; Julie Priest ; Betty J. Chambers ; Awd Gregson ; James Morrison ; Mary W. Barrie ; K. M. Elder ; Jeanie Darge ; M. C. Elder ; H. Bailie-Weaver ; J. H. Lee ; M. A. Young ; H. R. Carmichael ; John J. Ward ; Eliz. L. Bryson ; Ethel M. Johnson ; Alex. W. Taylor ; John Hayles ; Marion Ford Robertson ; Margaret M. Sellar ; O. W. Christie ; Margaret T. Griffith ; Flora M. Hope ; Dorothy J. Harbert ; Jean R. Bindley ; Mary Mears ; Patrie de Woman ; Mary Langlands ; Jane B. Lawson ; Mrs Gale ; E. Hilda Pagan ; J. E. Pagan ; P. Davidson ; Blanche Douglas ; M. E. Douglas ; A. C. Duncan ; J. Jewett Lee ; D. Stornoway ; J. Magee Allan ; J. Priester ; Mrs Heywood Bayley ; L. Kilpatrick ; C. M. Randle ; L. Scott ; L. Thomson ; Mrs Stewart Carmichael ; W. H. Young ; Mrs Ives ; Bessie Pinkham ; John Gale ; James Drummond Jr. ; Jessie Graham Pole ; Blavatsky Lodge London ; Queen’s Lodge ; Glasgow Lodge ; Wadia Rusell Motherlodge ; Edinburgh Lodge ; Occult Lodge ; Adith Lodge ; Stockport Lodge ; Manchester Lodge ; Orient Lodge ; Pearl Lodge ; Tyneside Lodge ; Dharma Benales ; H.P.B. Orient Lodge ; Harrogate Lodge ; H.P.B. Lodge ; Dundee Lodge ; Orpheus Lodge ; St. John’s Lodge ; Christ Lodge ; Newbury Lodge ; Eglinton Lodge ; Trent Lodge ; Amsterdam Lodge T.S. ; Sunderland Lodge ; Blavatsky Institute, Hale ; Aberdeen Lodge ; Adyar Lodge ; Central London ; Dublin ; Penarth ; Peebles ; Olcott Lodge ; Langside Lodge ; Morningside Lodge ; Annie Besant Lodge, Glasgow.
sign.: THE-4-10-VISI-1 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, gastenboeken: Annie Besant ; D. Graham Pole ; J. Lorimer Thomson ; Esther Bright ; B. S. Davidson ; L. M. King ; Frances Hepburn ; L. Dawson Crawford m.a. ; C. W. Scott-Moncrieff m.c. ; Isabel Stead ; L. Rosabella Hale- ; H. C. Allan ; Agnes C…

Theosophy in Scotland [Tijdschrift]
The Theososphical Society in Scotland ; edited by D. Graham Pole; 1923.
Trefw.: theosofie, tijdschriften

Todd, W.B.
Hume and the Enlightenment : essays presented to Ernest Campbell Mossner
edited by William B. Todd. – Edinburgh ; Austin : The University Press ; Humanistics Research Center, 1974. – viii, 215 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents: Contents: Abbreviations, viii ; The misunderstood Hume / T. E. Jessop, University of Hull, 1 ; Hume’s critique of ethical rationalism / D. D. Raphael, Imperial College, University of London, 14 ; Hume on separating the inseparable / Stanley Tweyman, York University, Ontario, 30 ; Kant and Hume on reason and experience in ethics / Philip P. Wiener, Temple University, Pennsylvania, 45 ; Michotte and Hume on mechanical causation / D. G. C. Macnabb, Pembroke College, Oxford, 52 ; Philosophy and fiction: the challenge of David Hume / Ian Ross, University of British Columbia, 60 ; Linguistic analysis as rhetorical pattern in David Hume / Michael Morrisroe Jr, John Marshall Law School, Chicago, 72 ; Hume’s argument from design / Richard S. Peters, University of London, 83 ; Hume and Isaac de Pinto, II: five new letters / Richard H. Popkin, Washington University, Missouri, 99 ; Hume and Nancy Orde: three new letters / John Valdimir Price, University of Edinburgh, 128 ; Concepts and meaning / Geoffrey Hunter, University of St Andrews, 136 ; Was Berkeley a precursor of Wittgenstein? / Antony Flew, University of Reading, 153 ; Adam Smith, science and the role of the imagination / Andrew S. Skinner, University of Glasgow, 164 ; David Hume: a preliminary bibliography / William B. Todd, University of Texas, 189 ; Ernest Campbell Mossner: published writings; works directed at the University of Texas, 206 ; Index, 212. – index.
ISBN 0852242778
sign.: RAN-2-1-HUME-2 (DOOS-CB028)
Trefw.: filosofie, David Hume

Vivekananda, S.
Karma-, bhakti-, jnana- en raja-yoga
Swami Vivekānanda ; vertaald door Hélène J. Meyer ; Nederlandse bewerking van W. van der Hoff ; vertaler G. van Suchtelen van de Haere. – Deventer : Ankh-Hermes, 2000. – 192, 159, 192 p. ; 21 cm.
Bevat: Karma-yoga en Bhakti-yoga / [vert. door Hélène J. Meyer ; bew. door W. van der Worff] Vert. van: Karma-yoga and Bhakti-yoga Almora : Advaita Ashrama, 1937 Oorspr. Nederlandse uitg.: Deventer : Kluwer, 1950 ; Jnana-yoga / [bew. door W. van der Worff] Vert. van: Jnana-yoga Almora : Advaita Ashrama Oorspr. Nederlandse uitg.: Deventer : Ankh-Hermes, 1975 ; Raja-yoga : met de yoga-aforismen van Patanjali / [bew. door G.H.F.C. van Suchtelen van de Haere] Vert. van: Râja-yoga with Patanjali’s aphorisms 1922 Oorspr. Nederlandse uitg.: Deventer : Kluwer, 1955 ; Contents: Voorwoord van de vertaler, 7 ; Voorwoord van de schrijver, 9 ; Raja-yoga: I. Inleiding, 13 ; II. De eerste stappen, 26 ; III. Prana, 36 ; IV. Het psychisch prana, 50 ; V. Het beheersen van het prana, 56 ; VI. Pratyahara en dharana, 62 ; VII. Dhyana en Samadhi, 70 ; VIII. Raja-yoga in het kort, 80 ; Patanjali’s yoga-aforismen: Inleiding, 87 ; I. Concentratie: haar geestelijk nut, 93 ; II. Concentratie: haar beoefening, 128 ; III. Vermogens, 161 ; IV. Onafhankelijkheid, 178 ; Karma-yoga: I. De invloed van karma op het karakter, 9 ; II. Ieder is groot op zijn eigen plaats, 19 ; III. Het geheim van het werk, 37 ; IV. Wat is plicht?, 50 ; V. We helpen slechts onszelf, niet de wereld, 61 ; VI. Vrij zijn van gehechtheid is volledige zelfverzaking, 72 ; VII. De vrijheid, 87 ; VIII. Het ideaal van Karma-yoga, 103 ; Bhakti-yoga: Gebed, 118 ; I. Omschrijving van bhakti, 119 ; II. De filosofie van Ishvara, 124 ; III. Geestelijke verwezenlijking, het doel van Bhakti-yoga, 130 ; IV. De noodzakelijkheid van een goeroe, 133 ; V. Vereisten voor leerling en leraar, 136 ; VI. Geïncarneerde leermeesters en incarnatie, 141 ; VII. De mantra OM: woord en wijsheid, 144 ; VIII. Aanbidding van symbolen en beelden, 148 ; IX. Het uitverkoren ideaal, 150 ; X. De methode en de middelen, 153 ; Para-bhakti of volmaakte liefde: I. De voorbereidende onthechting, 160 ; II. De onthechting van de bhakta vloeit voort uit liefde, 163 ; III. Het natuurlijke van Bhakti-yoga en zijn grote geheim, 167 ; IV. De vormen, waarin liefde zich openbaart, 170 ; V. Universele liefde en hoe zij leidt naar zelfovergave, 172 ; VI. Hogere kennis en hogere liefde zijn één voor de ware minnaar, 176 ; VII. De driehoek der liefde, 178 ; VIII. De God der liefde bewijst zichzelf, 182 ; IX. Menselijke voorstellingswijzen van het goddelijke liefdesideaal, 184 ; X. Besluit, 191 ; Lied van de Sannyasin, 7 ; Swami Vivekananda, 12 ; I. De noodzakelijkheid van religie, 15 ; II. De werkelijke mens, 25 ; III. Maya en begoocheling, 42 ; IV. Maya en het groeien van de godsidee, 54 ; V. Maya en vrijheid, 65 ; VI. Het volstrekte en het geopenbaarde, 75 ; VII. God in alles, 90 ; VIII. Verwerkelijking, 102 ; IX. Eenheid in verscheidenheid, 116 ; X. De vrijheid van de ziel, 126 ; XI. Het heelal, 140.
ISBN 9020251678
sign.: REL-11-9-VIVE-41
Trefw.: religie, hindoeisme, yoga, karma-yoga, bhakti-yoga, jnana-yoga, raja-yoga

Waite, A.E.
The hidden church of the Holy Graal : its legends and symbolism considered in their affinity with certain mysteries of initiation and other traces
by Arthur Edward Waite . – London : Rebman Limited, 1909. – xix, 713 p. ; 23 cm.
Contents ; Preface ; Book I: The Roots of the House of Meaning ; Some Aspects of the Graal Legend ; Epochs of the Legend ; The Environment of the Graal Literature ; The Literature of the Cycle ; The Implicits of the Graal Mystery ; Book II: Mysteries of the Holy Graal in Manifestation and Removal ; A Preliminary Account of Certain Root-Secrets Included in the Whole Subject ; The Institution of the Hallows, and, in the First Place, a General Introduction Concerning Them ; The Institution of the Hallows and, Secondly, the Variations of the Cup Legend ; The Graal Vessel Considered as a Bowl of Plenty ; The Lesser Hallows of the Legend: (a) The Summary of these Matters; (b) Legends of the Sacred Lance; (c) The Broken Sword; (d) The Dish ; The Castle of the Holy Graal ; The Keepers of the Hallows ; The Pageants in the Quests ; The Enchantments of Britain, the Times Called Adventurous and the Wounding of the King ; The Suppressed Word and the Mystic Question ; The Healing of the King ; The Removal of the Hallows ; Book III: The Early Epochs of the Quest ; The Antecedents of the Legend in Folk-Lore ; The Welsh Perceval ; The English Metrical Romance of Syr Percyvelle ; The Conte del Graal: (a) Preliminary to a Consideration of the Subject; (b) The Poem of Chrétien de Troyes; (c) The Extension of Gautier; (d) The Conclusion of Manessier; (e) The Alternative Sequel of Gerbert; (f) In which Sir Gawain is Considered Briefly as a Companion of the Holy Quest ; Book IV: The Lesser Chronicles of the Holy Graal ; The Metrical Romance of Joseph of Arimathea ; The Lesser Holy Graal ; The Early History of Merlin ; The Didot Perceval ; Book V: The Greater Chronicles of the Holy Graal ; The Book of the Holy Graal, and, in the First Place, the Prologue Thereto Belonging ; A New Consideration Concerning the Branches of the Chronicle ; The Minor Branches of the Book of the Holy Graal ; Some Later Merlin Legends: (a) The Vulgate Merlin; (b) The Huth Merlin ; The Great Prose Lancelot ; A Preface or Introductory Portion Appertaining to All the Quests ; The Longer Prose Perceval ; The Quest of the High Prince ; The Welsh Quest of Galahad ; Book VI: The German Cycle of the Holy Graal ; The Parsifal of Wolfram von Eschenbach ; Gleanings Concerning the Lost Quest of Guiot de Provence ; Sidelights from the Spanish and Portuguese Quests ; The Crown of All Adventures ; The Titurel of Albrecht von Scharfenberg ; The Dutch Lancelot ; Book VII: The Holy Graal in the Light of the Celtic Church ; Statement of a Possible Implicit Accounting for All Claims ; The Formula of the Hypothesis Scheduled ; In What Sense the Plea Must Be Held to Fail ; The Victory of the Latin Rite ; Book VIII: Mystic Aspects of the Graal Legend ; The Introductory Words ; The Position of the Literature Defined ; Concerning the Great Experiment ; The Mystery of Initiation ; The Mystery of Faith ; The Lost Book of the Graal ; The Declared Mystery of Quest ; Book IX: Secret Tradition in Christian Times ; Preliminary to the Whole Subject ; Some Alleged Secret Schools of the Middle Ages ; The Latin Literature of Alchemy and the Hermetic Secret in the Light of the Eucharistic Mystery ; The Kabalistic Academies ; The Claim in Respect of Templar Influence ; The Graal Formula in the Light of Other Gleanings from the Catholic Sacramentary ; The Rosicrucian Mystery ; The Analogies of Masonry: (a) The Assumption of the Building Guild; (b) Masonry as a Moral Science; (c) A Theory of Hermetic Interference; (d) One Key to the Sanctuary ; The Hallows of the Graal Mystery Re-Discovered in the Talismans of the Tarot ; Book X: The Secret Church ; The Hermeneutics of the Holy Graal ; The Good Husbandman ; The Catholic Secret of the Literature ; The Mystery Which Is Within ; The Secluded and Unknown Sanctuary ; The Tradition of St. John the Divine and Other Traces of a Higher Mind of the Church ; The Conclusion of This Holy Quest ; Appendix: The Bibliography of the Holy Graal ; Part I: The Texts ; Part II: Some Critical Works ; Part III: Phases of Interpretation. – appendix.
sign.: RAN-4-2-WAIT-1a
Trefw.: symboliek, graalsymboliek, Heilige Graal, queste, Keltische kerk, christendom, geheime kerk, heiligdom

Wallis Budge, E.A.
The book of governors the Historia Monastica of Thomas, Bishop of Margā A.D. 840 ; 1: The Syriac text, introduction, etc
by E.A. Wallis Budge. – London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co, 1893. – ccv, 409-4 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – (The book of governors the Historia Monastica of Thomas, Bishop of Margā ; Vol. I: The Syriac text, introduction, etc)
Contents of Volume I ; Preface ; Introduction:— The manuscripts of the Book of Governors ; Thomas, Bishop of Margâ ; The Book of Governors and its plan and contents ; The Monastery of Bêth ʿAbhê ; The Abbots of Bêth ʿAbhê ; Christian monasticism and asceticism in Mesopotamia ; Rabban Hormuzd and his monastery at Alkôsh ; A list of the proper names which occur in the Syriac text of the Book of Governors ; Syriac forms of Greek and Latin words occurring in the history of Thomas of Margâ ; The Book of Governors, Syriac text:— Book I ; Book II ; Book III ; Book IV ; Book V ; Book VI.
sign.: REL-3-1-BUDG-6I
Trefw.: religie, middeleeuwen, geschiedenis, Assyrie, Thomas van Margâ, kloosters, Bêth ʿAbhê, monniken, Oost-Syrische christendom

The book of governors the Historia Monastica of Thomas, Bishop of Margā A.D. 840 ; 2: The English translation
by E.A. Wallis Budge. – London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co, 1893. – [6], 732 p. : ill. ; 23 cm. – (The book of governors the Historia Monastica of Thomas, Bishop of Margā ; Vol. II: The English translation)
Contents ; The Book of Governors: List of Chapters ; Book I ; Book II ; Book III ; Metrical Homily on Mâran-ʿAmmeh ; Book IV ; Book V ; Book VI ; List of Bible Passages quoted ; English Index – index.
sign.: REL-3-1-BUDG-6II
Trefw.: religie, middeleeuwen, geschiedenis, Assyrie, Thomas van Margâ, kloosters, Bêth ʿAbhê, monniken, Oost-Syrische christendom

Wise, T.A.
History of paganism in Caledonia with an examination into the influence of Asiatic philosophy, and the gradual development of Christianity in Pictavia
by Thomas A. Wise. – London : Trubner & Co., Ludgate Hill, 1884. – xxvi, 259, [12] p. : ill. ; 29 cm.
Contents ; Preface ; General Introduction ; Book I. Social Character of the Inhabitants of Caledonia ; Chapter I. Social Character of the Inhabitants of Caledonia during the Megalithic Age ; Chapter II. Domestic Manners and Customs of the Inhabitants of Caledonia during the Megalithic Age ; Chapter III. Primitive Symbolic Stone Monuments in Asia and Europe, with and without Inscriptions: Descriptions and Uses ; Chapter IV. Primitive Monuments with Archaic Markings in Asia and Europe ; Chapter V. Early Celtic Architecture and Pillar Towers ; Chapter VI. Laws and Institutions of Celtic Races ; Chapter VII. Nature Worship among the Primitive Races of Asia and Europe ; Chapter VIII. Religious Symbols and Ideas among Primitive Races in Asia and Europe ; Chapter IX. Celtic Usages after Death in Asia and Europe ; Book II. Buddhism: Its History and Tenets ; Chapter I. Buddhism ; Chapter II. Tenets, Organization and Symbols of Buddhism ; Chapter III. Symbols of Buddhism in Pictland ; Chapter IV. Sacred Places and Monuments ; Chapter V. Sacred Buddhist Organic Symbols on the Sculptured Stones of Pictland ; Book III. History of Christianity in Pictland ; Introduction ; Chapter I. Pagan Symbols of the Deity adopted by Primitive Christians ; Chapter II. Form of the Ancient Incised and Bas-Relief Greek and Latin Crosses in the British Islands ; Chapter III. Uses of the Christian Crosses in Pictland: Preaching Crosses, as well as Prayer and Memorial Crosses ; Chapter IV. Christian Symbols, with Ornaments and Animals on the Crosses ; Chapter V. Processions and Ægis, or Sacred Shields ; Chapter VI. Christian Communities, Ritual, and Churches. – index.
sign.: REL-3-1-WISE-1
Trefw.: religie, paganisme, heidendom, filosofie, Kelten, Picten

Wood, E.
Theosophical Educational Trust – Report 1916
introduction E. Wood ; including an article “Indian education and the Trust” by Mrs. Annie Besant. – Adyar, Madras : The Hon. Secretary, Theosophical Educational Trust, 1917. – 52 p. : ill. ; 28 cm.
Contents ; Association and Rules ; Secretary’s Report: General, 1 ; Madanapalle College, 4 ; Benares Girls’ College, 7 ; Cawnpore High School, 10 ; Proddutur High School, 12 ; Benares Boys’ High School, 15 ; Bhavnagar High School, 17 ; Bankipore High School, 19 ; Palni Secondary School, 20 ; Madura Girls’ Secondary School, 21 ; Kumbhakonam Girls’ School, 23 ; Gorakhpur High School, 24 ; Vayalpad High School, 25 ; Coimbatore High School, 26 ; Vayalpad Boys’ School, 27 ; Madanapalle Elementary School, 28 ; Bellary Saṁskrit School, 30 ; Olcott Panchama Schools, 31 ; Madanapalle Panchama School, 31 ; Headquarters Staff and Activities, 34 ; English Branch, 34 ; Financial Statements, 36 ; Indian Education and the Trust / Mrs. Annie Besant, 39.
sign.: THE-2-W-2-WOOD-41 (DOOS079)
Trefw.: theosofie, educatie, onderwijs, India

Year book
Year book 1933-34 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland, Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland, Wales, 1933-1934. – 71 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1933-34)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 3 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 4 ; An Address to New Members / Dr. Annie Besant / 11 ; The Theosophist / 14 ; Presidential Address, June 1907 / 15 ; A Message to Members of the Theosophical Society / an Elder Brother / 21 ; A Course of Study on Theosophy / 28 ; The Theosophical Society in England / 8 & 31 ; Members of the National Council / 31 ; Federations / 31 ; Diagrams on Loan / 10 ; Lodge and Centre Directory / 35 ; London only / 50 ; Associated Lodges / 55 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 56 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 60 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 61 ; Red Letter Days / 62 ; Rules / 66 ; Legacies / 70 ; Free Literature, &c. / 71.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1933-34
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1934-35 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland, Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland, Wales, 1934-1935. – 62 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1934-35)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 3 ; An Address to New Members / Dr. Annie Besant / 11 ; The Theosophist / 14 ; A Course of Study on Theosophy / 15 ; The Theosophical Society in England / 19 ; Members of the National Council / 19 ; Federations / 19 ; Diagrams on Loan / 22 ; Lodge and Centre Directory / 23 ; London only / 39 ; Associated Lodges / 44 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 45 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 49 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 50 ; Red Letter Days / 51 ; Rules / 55 ; Legacies / 59 ; Free Literature, &c. / 62.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1934-35
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1935-36 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland, Wales, 1935-1936. – 63 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1935-36)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 3 ; Headquarters: The T.S. in England / 6 ; Extracts from the Rules: The Theosophical Society in England / 9 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society / 13 ; Address to New Members / Dr. George S. Arundale / 14 ; The Theosophist / 17 ; A Course of Study on Theosophy / 18 ; The Theosophical Society in England / 23 ; Members of the Executive Committee / 23 ; Members of the National Council / 23 ; Federations / 23 ; Diagrams on Loan / 26 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (Country) / 27 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (London) / 43 ; Associated Lodges / 48 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 49 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 53 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 54 ; Red Letter Days / 58 ; Legacies / 59 ; Free Literature, etc. / 63.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1935-36
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1936-37 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1936-1937. – 58 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1936-37)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 3 ; Headquarters: The T.S. in England / 6 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society / 9 ; Address to New Members / Dr. George S. Arundale / 10 ; The Theosophist / 13 ; A Course of Study on Theosophy / 14 ; The Theosophical Society in England / 19 ; Members of the Executive Committee / 19 ; Members of the National Council / 19 ; Federations / 19 ; Diagrams on Loan / 22 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (Country) / 23 ; Lodge and Centre Directory (London) / 40 ; Associated Lodges / 45 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 46 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 50 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 51 ; Legacies / 55 ; Free Literature, etc. / p. 3 Cover.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1936-37
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1937-38 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1937-1938. – 58 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1937-38)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 3 ; The Theosophical Society in England and its Headquarters / 6 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society / 9 ; Address to New Members / Dr. George S. Arundale / 10 ; The Theosophist, The Theosophical World, etc. / 13 ; Classified Reading List on Theosophy / 14 ; Directory: The Theosophical Society in England / 19 ; Members of the Executive Committee / 19 ; Members of the National Council / 19 ; Federations / 19 ; Diagrams on Loan / 22 ; Lodges and Centres, Country / 23 ; Lodges and Centres, London / 40 ; Associated Lodges / 45 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 46 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 50 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 51 ; Legacies / 55 ; Free Literature, etc. / p. 3 Cover.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1937-38
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1938-39 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1938-1939. – 60 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1938-39)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 3 ; Statement authorised by the General Council / 4 ; The Theosophical Society in England and its Headquarters / 6 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society / 9 ; The Motto of The Theosophical Society / Dr. George S. Arundale / 10 ; A Two-fold Presidential Policy / Dr. George S. Arundale / 12 ; The Theosophist, The Theosophical World, etc. / 14 ; Classified Reading List on Theosophy / 15 ; Directory: The Theosophical Society in England / 20 ; Members of the Executive Committee / 20 ; Members of the National Council / 20 ; Federations / 20 ; Diagrams on Loan / 24 ; Lodges and Centres, Country / 25 ; Lodges and Centres, London / 42 ; Associated Lodges / 47 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 48 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 52 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 53 ; Legacies / 57 ; Calendars for 1938 and 1939 / 58, 59 ; Plan shewing approach to Besant Hall / 60.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1938-39
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1939-40 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1939-1940. – 61 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1939-40)
Contents: The Theosophical Society / 2 ; Theosophy and the Theosophical Society / 3 ; National Societies’ Addresses / 4 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society / 6 ; The Theosophical Society in England and its Headquarters / 7 ; Theosophy / Dr. George S. Arundale / 10 ; Theosophy: Study and Practice / 11 ; The Theosophist, International Year Book / 13 ; The Theosophical Order of Service / 14 ; Suggested Reading List / 15 ; Diagrams on Loan / 20 ; Directory: The Theosophical Society in England / 21 ; Members of the Executive Committee / 21 ; Members of the National Council / 21 ; Federations / 21 ; Lodges and Centres, Country / 25 ; Lodges and Centres, London / 43 ; Associated Lodges / 48 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland / 49 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland / 53 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales / 54 ; Legacies / 58 ; Calendars for 1939 and 1940 / 59, 60 ; Plan shewing approach to Besant Hall / 61 ; The Theosophical Research Centre / 62.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1939-40
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1940-41 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1940-1941. – 60 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1940-41)
Contents: The Theosophical Society, 1 ; Theosophy and the Theosophical Society, 2 ; National Societies’ Addresses, 3 ; The European Federation, 5 ; The Theosophical Society in England and its Headquarters, 7 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society, 10 ; Extracts from The Key to Theosophy, by H. P. Blavatsky, 11 ; Theosophy: Study and Practice, 12 ; Suggested Reading List, 13 ; General Organisation of The Society, 18 ; The Theosophical Order of Service, 19 ; Our Publicity Department, 20 ; Directory: The Theosophical Society in England, 21 ; Members of the Executive Committee, 21 ; Members of the National Council, 21 ; Federations, 21 ; Lodges and Centres, Country, 25 ; Diagrams on Loan, 42 ; Lodges and Centres, London, 43 ; Associated Lodges, 47 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 49 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 53 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 54 ; Plan shewing approach to Besant Hall, 57 ; Calendars for 1940 and 1941, 58–59 ; The Theosophical Research Centre, 60.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1940-41
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1941-42 and information for enquirers ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1941-1942. – 56 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1941-42)
Contents: The Theosophical Society, 3 ; Theosophy and the Theosophical Society, 4 ; National Societies’ Addresses, 5 ; The European Federation, 7 ; Theosophical Magazines, 8 ; The Theosophical Society in England and its Headquarters, 9 ; Admission to The Theosophical Society, 11 ; Peace and Reconstruction Department, 12 ; Suggested Reading Lists, 14 ; The Theosophical Society, 15 ; The Theosophical Order of Service, 16 ; The Publicity Department, 17 ; Directory: The Theosophical Society in England, 18 ; Members of the Executive Committee, 18 ; Members of the National Council, 18 ; Federations, 18 ; Lodges and Centres, Country, 22 ; Associated Lodges, 39 ; Lodges and Centres, London, 40 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 45 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 49 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 50 ; Calendars for 1941 and 1942, 53–54 ; Advertisements, 55 ; The Theosophical Research Centre, 56.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1941-42
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1942-43 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1942-1943. – 41, [2] p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1942-43)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mr. I. J. B. S. Coats. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Mrs. B. Coats, Mr. C. Gale, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. D. Groves, Mr. A. Jackman, Mrs. P. Scarnell Lean, Mrs. H. M. Powell, Mrs. J. C. Ransom, Mr. T. H. Redfern, Mr. A. N. Relton, Mr. B. A. Tomes, Dr. C. Trew, Prof. H. F. Trewman. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1942, to April, 1945. ; Ex-officio:—The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. I. A. Hawliczek, Mr. A. Monger, Miss G. Newberry, Rt. Rev. J. I. Wedgwood. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Mrs. B. Coats, Mr. C. Gale, Mrs. E. A. Gardner, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mr. L. Severs, Dr. C. G. Trew, Miss C. E. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss C. Haidon, Miss M. Hall, Mr. A. N. Relton. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. A. Hyde, Miss A. M. Powell, Mr. C. Whitell. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Mr. J. W. Ashton, Miss D. L. Briggs, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. T. H. Redfern. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Mrs. E. M. Bond, Miss M. Caws, Mrs. V. Farquharson, Mrs. E. Yeates
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1942-43
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1943-44 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1943-1944. – 41, [2] p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1943-44)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mr. I. J. B. S. Coats. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Mrs. B. Coats, Mr. C. Gale, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. D. Groves, Miss I. H. Hoskins, Mr. A. Jackman, Mrs. P. Scarnell Lean, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. A. Monger, Mrs. D. Slater, Mr. B. A. Tomes, Dr. C. Trew, Prof. H. F. Trewman. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1942, to April, 1945. ; Ex-officio: The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. I. A. Hawliczek, Mr. A. Monger, Miss G. Newberry, Rt. Rev. J. I. Wedgwood. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Mrs. B. Coats, Mr. C. Gale, Mrs. E. A. Gardner, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mr. L. Severs, Dr. C. G. Trew, Miss C. E. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss C. Haidon, Miss M. Hall, Mr. A. N. Relton. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. A. Hyde, Miss A. M. Powell, Miss M. Law. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Mr. J. W. Ashton, Miss D. L. Briggs, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. T. H. Redfern. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Mrs. E. M. Bond, Miss M. Caws, Mrs. V. Farquharson, Mrs. E. Yeates
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1943-44
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1944-45 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1944-1945. – 40 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1944-45)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mr. J. B. S. Coats. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Miss D. Ashton, Mrs. A. L. Berry, Mrs. B. Coats, Miss M. Franklin, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. D. Groves, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mrs. D. Slater, Mr. B. A. Tomes, Dr. C. G. Trew, Prof. H. F. Trewman. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1942, to April, 1945. ; Ex-officio:—The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. I. A. Hawliczek, Mr. A. Monger, Miss G. Newberry, Rt. Rev. J. I. Wedgwood. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Mrs. B. Coats, Mrs. E. A. Gardner, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. S. V. King, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mr. L. Severs, Dr. C. G. Trew, Miss C. E. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss C. Haidon, Miss M. Hall, Mr. A. N. Relton. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. A. Hyde, Miss A. M. Powell, Miss M. Law. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Miss D. L. Briggs, Miss C. J. Davey, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. D. Turner. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Mrs. E. M. Bond, Miss M. Caws, Mrs. V. Farquharson, Mrs. E. Yeates
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1944-45
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1945-46 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1945-1946. – 40 p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1945-46)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mr. J. B. S. Coats. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Miss D. Ashton, Mrs. A. L. Berry, Miss A. M. Chadband, Mrs. J. Coats, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. D. Groves, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mrs. Scarnell Lean, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Miss E. W. Preston, Miss C. G. Trew, Prof. H. F. Trewman. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1945, to April, 1948. ; Ex-officio:—The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. J. W. C. Perkins, Mrs. H. M. Powell, Mr. A. Monger, Mr. V. W. Slater. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Dr. L. J. Bendit, Mrs. J. Coats, Miss J. Gale, Mrs. E. L. Gardner, Mrs. A. S. Hurren, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Miss E. W. Preston, Dr. C. G. Trew, Miss C. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss L. Darby, Mr. H. Hainsworth, Miss M. Hall, Mrs. H. M. Pearce. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. W. Brook, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. D. Groves, Miss A. M. Powell. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Mrs. M. Brotherton, Miss C. J. Davey, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. D. Turner, Miss W. Search. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. Caws, Mr. W. G. Edwards, Mr. J. M. MacMillan, Mrs. E. O. Webb
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1945-46
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1946-47 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1946-1947. – 42, [2] p. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1946-47)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mrs. Doris Groves. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Miss D. Ashton, Mrs. A. L. Berry, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mrs. P. Scarnell Lean, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. A. W. J. Pearse, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mrs. J. Ransom, Mrs. D. Slater, Mr. G. Stephenson, Miss C. G. Trew, Prof. H. F. Trewman, Miss H. Yarrow. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1945, to April, 1948. ; Ex-officio:—The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. I. A. Hawliczek, Mr. A. Monger, Mr. J. W. C. Perkins, Mr. V. W. Slater. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Dr. L. J. Bendit, Mrs. L. J. Bendit, Mrs. J. Coats, Mrs. E. L. Gardner, Mrs. A. S. Hurren, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. H. S. Polak, Miss C. G. Trew, Miss C. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss M. Collett, Mr. H. Hainsworth, Mr. A. W. J. Pearse, Mrs. H. M. Pearse. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. W. Brook, Miss F. Mitchell, Miss A. M. Powell. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Mrs. M. Brotherton, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. D. Turner, Miss W. Search, Mrs. Staveley. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. Caws, Mr. W. G. Edwards, Mr. F. M. Lee, Mr. J. M. MacMillan, Mrs. E. O. Webb.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1946-47
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1947-48 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1947-1948. – 43, [2] p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1947-48)
THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ; IN ENGLAND ; General Secretary: Mrs. Doris Groves. ; Treasurer: Mr. Kingsley Bayly. ; Executive Committee: Miss D. Ashton, Mr. C. R. Groves, Mr. A. Jackman, Mr. F. M. Lee, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. A. W. J. Pearse, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Mr. A. N. Relton, Mrs. J. Ransom, Mrs. D. Slater, Mr. G. Stephenson, Miss C. G. Trew, Miss H. Yarrow. ; MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL ; April, 1945, to April, 1948. ; Ex-officio:—The General Secretary and Treasurer. Presidents and Secretaries of Federations. Members of the Executive Committee who have not been elected to represent their respective Federations on the National Council. Past General Secretaries, past Treasurers, and past Presidents and Secretaries of Federations who have retired from office subsequent to the last election of the National Council. ; EASTERN FEDERATION: Dr. M. Beddow Bayly, Mr. I. A. Hawliczek, Mr. A. Monger, Mr. J. W. C. Perkins, Mr. V. W. Slater, Mr. G. Stephenson. ; LONDON FEDERATION: Dr. L. J. Bendit, Mrs. L. J. Bendit, Dr. H. Tudor Edmunds, Mrs. G. Eedle, Mrs. A. Gardner, Mrs. A. S. Hurren, Mr. L. H. Leslie-Smith, Mr. H. S. L. Polak, Miss C. G. Trew, Miss C. Woods. ; MIDLAND FEDERATION: Miss M. Collett, Mr. H. Hainsworth, Mr. A. W. J. Pearse, Mrs. H. M. Pearse. ; NORTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. G. Law, Mr. R. E. Jefferson, Miss F. Mitchell, Miss A. M. Powell. ; NORTH-WESTERN FEDERATION: Mrs. M. Brotherton, Miss M. Pontefract, Mr. D. Turner, Mrs. Staveley. ; SOUTHERN FEDERATION: Miss M. Caws, Mr. W. G. Edwards, Mr. F. M. Lee, Mrs. E. O. Webb.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1947-48
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Year book 1948-49 ; The Theosophical Society in England, Scotland, Ireland and Wales
London : The Theosophical Society in England, 1948-1949. – 43, [2] p. : ill. ; 19 cm. – (Year book ; 1948-49)
Table of Contents: The Theosophical Society, 1 ; National Societies, 2 ; The Theosophical Society in England, 3 ; Federations, 4 ; Lodges and Centres in England, 8 ; Associated Lodges, 24 ; The Study of Theosophy, 25 ; London Lodges, 26 ; The Theosophical Society in Scotland, 32 ; Theosophical Magazines, 35 ; The Theosophical Society in Ireland, 36 ; The Theosophical Society in Wales, 37 ; Literature, 38.
sign.: THE-4-1-YEAR-1948-49
Trefw.: theosofie, jaarboeken, gidsen

Van de Dode Zeerollen tot de Pistis Sophia – Openbaring, verborgen kennis en het ontstaan van het gnostieke christendom
12 oktober 2026 – online van 19.30 – 21.30 uur
door José van der Loop

Deze lezing voert langs teksten en tradities uit de oudheid waarin openbaring, eindtijdverwachting, wijsheid en verlossingskennis centraal staan. Vanuit de Dode Zeerollen kijken we naar de wereld waarin zij ontstonden: schriftuitleg, engelen, levenswijzen, dualisme en kosmische strijd. Vervolgens bespreken we de vroegchristelijke en gnostische teksten, van de Nag-Hammadi geschriften tot de Pistis Sophia. In de Pistis Sophia krijgt Sophia zelf een eigen stem, en wordt verlossing verbonden met kennis, licht en de opstijging van de ziel. Samen tonen deze teksten een veelvormig religieus landschap, van de eeuwen vóór het christendom tot enkele eeuwen erna

Praktische informatie

De lezingen wordt gegeven door: José van der Loop

Waar – online via Zoom Tijdstip – van 19.30 – 21.30 uur

Kosten – 15 euro – na betaling ontvang je een Zoom link

Aanmelden – via

Deze lezingen worden georganiseerd in samenwerking met de Theosofische Vereniging in Nederland. Meer informatie is ook te vinden op www.theosofie.nl of www.yogafilosofie.nl

Luister naar dit interessante gesprek wat is uitgezonden op 22 augustus 2026. Over Inwijding en Goeroe’s, met Ingmar de Boer en Kees Voorhoeve, deel 1 via deze link, en deel 2 via deze link
Meer over Radio Lila in het volgende bericht in deze nieuwbrief.

Dit nieuwe seizoen start Radio Lila met een knal! Op een van de heetste dagen van het jaar namen de vaste sprekers – Kees Voorhoeve (docent Geesteswetenschappen) en Ingmar de Boer (voorzitter TVN) – samen met co-presentatoren Marleen Schefferlie en Eelco van der Velde een inspirerend gesprek op op landgoed ’t Medler in Vorden. Onderwerp: inwijding, mondelinge en schriftelijke opvolging en goeroeschap – en het was zo boeiend dat Radio Lila er maar liefst twee afleveringen van maakte.

En dat is nog maar het begin! Dit staat al op de planning:
Emeritus hoogleraar Vergelijkende Godsdienstwetenschap Paul van der Velde onderzoekt de invloed van hindoeïstische en boeddhistische ideeën in het Westen. Welke rol speelden – en spelen – stromingen als oriëntalisme, theosofie en New Age? In een volgend gesprek duikt hij dieper in de rol van Tibet in het boeddhisme en analyseert hij de esoterie en exoterie van de tradities. Kortom: de mix van religie, geschiedenis, beeldvorming en de voortdurende ontmoeting tussen verschillende manieren om naar mens en werkelijkheid te kijken.

Wendy Doeleman gaat vanuit haar eigen praktijk in op de westerse interpretatie van eeuwenoude spirituele tradities uit India. Waar ligt de grens tussen klassieke tantrische tradities en “neo-tantra”? Wat kun je volgens haar door tantra herkennen, in het lichaam, in de zintuigen en in het leven zelf?

Kees Voorhoeve gaat verder met de geliefde serie Geheime Leer (over de Stanza’s van Dzyan) over het ontstaan van de kosmos en het ontstaan van de mens. Ook verrast hij de luisteraars weer in zijn eigen bevlogen stijl met parels zoals The Heartdrops of Dharmakaya – een vertaling van de essentiële leringen van de Tibetaanse Bonpo-traditie. Hoe kan deze tekst een praktische handleiding zijn naar bevrijding, om illusies los te laten en de Natuurlijke Toestand te herkennen?

André Klukhuhn, chemicus, filosoof en expert westerse filosofie en cultuur, duikt dieper in de wereld van de mythologie, met De tocht van de Argonauten. Want hoe blijven de oude verhalen ons ook vandaag nog inspireren? En de verborgen wijsheid in sprookjes? Die onthult Anita Janssen (aka de Rooie Reporter) in een nieuw item.

Radio Lila draait op volle toeren! Al 65.000+ downloads en 170 afleveringen online. Blader, zoek, ontdek – voor ieder wat wijs!

Elke twee weken verschijnt er een nieuwe aflevering op de website en op alle grote streaming platforms. Meld je gratis aan en mis niets!

Wil je Radio Lila steunen? Nu kan het! Via de donatieknop op de website kun je met een klein bedrag helpen.

Bezoek Radio Lila op www.radiolila.nl

Van 28 september tot 2 oktober 2026 organiseert de European School of Theosophy in Cheltenham, UK, een seminar over “Echoes of forgotten worlds: Lemuria, Atlantis & Humanitys origins in the Secret Doctrine”

Voor meer informatie en inschrijving ga naar https://europeanschooloftheosophy.eu/

Cheltenham is een stad in Engeland gelegen in het prachtige shire-graafschap Gloucestershire.